10-Q

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

xQUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013

OR

oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                   

Commission File Number: 001-35000

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland	80-0629925
(State or other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200E

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

(301) 215-5500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Not Applicable

(Former name, former address, and former fiscal year if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o	Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

As of May 6, 2013 there were 34,966,265 total shares of common stock outstanding.

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
Form 10-Q
INDEX

		Page
PART I	FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.	Financial Statements	2
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	19
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	32
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	32
PART II	OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	32
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	33
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	33
Item 3.	Defaults Upon Senior Securities	34
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	34
Item 5.	Other Information	34
Item 6.	Exhibits	34
	Signature	36
	Exhibit Index	37

PART I

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

	March 31		December 31,
	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	65,405	$	65,027
Restricted cash	7,750		7,130
Pledged securities, at fair value	34,581		33,481
Loans held for sale, at fair value	479,779		1,101,561
Loans held for investment	9,487		9,468
Servicing fees and other receivables, net	29,416		40,933
Derivative assets	8,306		21,258
Mortgage servicing rights	336,397		315,524
Goodwill	59,969		59,735
Intangible assets	3,348		4,644
Other assets	25,117		29,872
Total assets	$	1,059,555	$	1,688,633
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities
Accounts payable and other accruals	$	36,346	$	66,763
Performance deposits from borrowers	6,694		9,503
Derivative liabilities	3,936		867
Guaranty obligation, net of accumulated amortization	22,352		21,155
Allowance for risk-sharing obligations	16,071		15,670
Deferred tax liability	56,035		56,035
Warehouse notes payable	476,221		1,084,539
Notes payable	78,850		80,925
Total liabilities	$	696,505	$	1,335,457
Stockholders’ Equity
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred shares, Authorized 50,000,000, none issued.	$	—	$	—
Common stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized 200,000,000; issued and outstanding 33,613,832 shares in 2013 and 33,567,730 shares in 2012.	336		336
Additional paid-in capital	238,971		236,823
Retained earnings	123,743		116,017
Total stockholders’ equity	$	363,050	$	353,176
Commitments and contingencies
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	1,059,555	$	1,688,633

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

2

Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Revenues
Gains from mortgage banking activities	$	42,931	$	19,802
Servicing fees	21,141		9,379
Net warehouse interest income	1,623		937
Escrow earnings and other interest income	942		539
Other	2,548		3,745
Total revenues	$	69,185	$	34,402
Expenses
Personnel	$	28,283	$	11,641
Amortization and depreciation	17,256		7,241
Amortization of intangible assets	1,296		18
Provision for risk-sharing obligations	401		1,224
Interest expense on corporate debt	968		168
Other operating expenses	8,651		4,616
Total expenses	$	56,855	$	24,908
Income from operations	$	12,330	$	9,494
Income tax expense	4,604		3,655
Net income	$	7,726	$	5,839
Basic earnings per share	$	0.23	$	0.27
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.23	$	0.27
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	33,570,130		21,750,573
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	34,156,760		21,848,280

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

3

Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	7,726		$	5,839
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Gains attributable to fair value of future servicing rights, net of guaranty obligation	(20,671		)	(9,523		)
Gains attributable to fair value of premium and origination fees	13,339			14
Gain on sale of MSR, less prepayment of MSR	—			(2		)
Provision for risk-sharing obligations	401			1,224
Amortization and depreciation	18,552			7,259
Originations of loans held for sale	(1,575,750		)	(648,055		)
Sales of loans to third parties	2,184,346			641,398
Amortization of deferred loan fees and costs	(19		)	(4		)
Stock compensation	2,160			681
Tax benefit from vesting of equity awards	(161		)	—
Amortization of leasehold inducement	—			39
Cash allowance received from landlord	—			1,301
Cash paid to settle risk-sharing obligations	—			(1,619		)
Changes in:
Restricted cash and pledged securities	(1,720		)	1,441
Servicing fees and other receivables	11,348			3,305
Derivative fair value adjustments	—			15
Other assets	5,880			(85		)
Accounts payable and other accruals	(30,651		)	(19,986		)
Performance deposits from borrowers	(2,809		)	(4,619		)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	611,971		$	(21,377	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	$	(1,188	)	$	(1,922	)
Net increase in loans held for investment	—			(6,943		)
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(1,188	)	$	(8,865	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
(Repayments) borrowings of warehouse notes payable, net	$	(608,318	)	$	18,259
Repayments of notes payable	(2,075		)	(900		)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	119			1
Repurchase of common stock	(292		)	(124		)
Tax benefit from vesting of equity awards	161			—
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	$	(610,405	)	$	17,236
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	378		$	(13,006	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	65,027			53,817
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	65,405		$	40,811
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid to third parties for interest	$	4,762		$	1,180
Cash paid for taxes	$	194		$	3,314

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

4

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

These financial statements represent the condensed consolidated financial position and results of operations of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Walker & Dunlop” and the “Company” mean the Walker & Dunlop consolidated companies. The statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. Because the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP, they should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (“2012 Form 10-K”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals except as otherwise noted herein) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the Company in the interim periods presented have been included. Results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013, or thereafter.

Walker & Dunlop is one of the leading commercial real estate finance companies in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. The Company originates, sells and services a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products. The Company’s clients are owners and developers of commercial real estate across the country. The Company originates and sells loans pursuant to the programs of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac,” and together with Fannie Mae, the government-sponsored enterprises, or the “GSEs”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) and the Federal Housing Administration, a division of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (together with Ginnie Mae, “HUD”), with which Walker & Dunlop has long-established relationships. The Company retains servicing rights and asset management responsibilities on nearly all loans that it sells to GSEs and HUD. Walker & Dunlop is approved as a Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”TM) lender nationally, a Freddie Mac Program Plus lender in 22 states and the District of Columbia, a HUD Multifamily Accelerated Processing (“MAP”) lender nationally, a HUD Section 232 LEAN lender nationally, and a Ginnie Mae issuer. The Company also originates and services loans for a number of life insurance companies and other institutional investors, in which cases it does not fund the loan but rather acts as a loan broker. Additionally, through our subsidiary entities, we provide institutional advisory, asset management, and investment management services specializing in debt, structured debt, and equity financing for commercial real estate.

The Company offers an interim loan program offering floating-rate debt, for terms of up to two years, to experienced borrowers seeking to acquire or reposition multifamily properties that do not currently qualify for permanent financing (“the Program”). The Company closed its first loans under the Program in 2012. The Company underwrites all loans originated through the Program. During the time they are outstanding, the Company assumes the full risk of loss on the loans.  In addition, the Company services and asset-manages loans originated through the Program, with the ultimate goal of providing permanent financing on the properties. These loans are classified as held for investment on the Company’s balance sheet during such time that they are outstanding.

On September 4, 2012, the Company closed its acquisition of CWCapital, LLC (“CWCapital”), at which time the total consideration transferred was valued at approximately $231.1 million, consisting of $80.0 million in cash and the Company’s issuance in a private placement to CW Financial Services, LLC (“CW Financial”) of approximately 11.6 million shares of common stock valued at approximately $151.1 million (the “Acquisition”). Upon closing of the Acquisition, CWCapital became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and was renamed Walker & Dunlop Capital, LLC. By virtue of the Company’s ownership of CWCapital, the Company also acquired a 50% ownership in ARA Finance LLC, a joint venture with ARA Finco LLC, in which ARA Finco LLC owns the remaining 50% of ARA Finance LLC. The Company does not have the ability to direct the activities of ARA Finance LLC; therefore, the Company accounts for its investment in ARA Finance LLC under the equity method of accounting.

The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflect the impact of the Acquisition, which materially affects the comparability to the prior year.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation—The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its consolidated entities. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company has evaluated all subsequent events.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including guaranty obligations, capitalized mortgage servicing rights, derivative instruments and hedging relationships, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may vary from these estimates.

5

Comprehensive Income—For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, comprehensive income equaled net income; therefore, a separate statement of comprehensive income is not included in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

Net Warehouse Interest Income—The Company presents warehouse interest income net of warehouse interest expense. Warehouse interest income is the interest earned from loans that are held for sale and those held for investment. Substantially all loans that are held for sale or for investment are financed with matched borrowings under our warehouse facilities incurred to fund a specific loan held for sale. Warehouse interest expense is incurred on borrowings used to fund loans solely while they are held for sale or for investment. Warehouse interest income and expense are earned or incurred on loans held for sale after a loan is closed and before a loan is sold. Warehouse interest income and expense are earned or incurred on loans held for investment after a loan is closed and before a loan is repaid. Included in net warehouse interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are the following components (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Warehouse interest income	$	5,447	$	2,575
Warehouse interest expense	3,824		1,638
Net warehouse interest income	$	1,623	$	937

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements—In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.  The ASU requires enhanced disclosures that will enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with an entity’s recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of the ASU. The FASB issued a subsequent ASU limiting the scope of ASU No. 2011-11 to derivatives, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements.  The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 (and interim periods within those annual periods), with retrospective application required.  The adoption of ASU No. 2011-11 on January 1, 2013 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. ASU No. 2012-02 allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is not more likely than not, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment.  The ASU is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of ASU No. 2012-02 on January 1, 2013 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2013, The FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. Among other things, an entity is required to present either parenthetically on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification. An entity does not need to show the income statement line item affected for certain components that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, such as amounts amortized into net periodic pension cost. The ASU is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-02 on January 1, 2013 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

There have been no material changes to the accounting policies discussed in Note 2 of the Company’s 2012 Form 10-K.

The Company has made certain immaterial reclassifications to prior-year balances to conform to current-year presentation.

NOTE 3—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following summarizes the Company’s goodwill activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	For the three months ended,
	March 31, 2013
Beginning balance	$	59,735
Retrospective adjustments	234
Impairment	—
Ending balance	$	59,969

6

The Company provisionally allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired, separately identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed related to the Acquisition based on their estimated acquisition date fair values. A change to the provisional amounts recorded for assets acquired, identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed during the measurement period affects the amount of the purchase price allocated to goodwill. Such changes to the purchase price allocation during the measurement period are recorded as retrospective adjustments to the consolidated financial statements. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company identified immaterial adjustments to certain of the provisional amounts recorded as shown in the table above. The adjustments were recorded based on information obtained subsequent to the acquisition date that related to information that existed as of the acquisition date.

The Purchase Agreement required the seller to provide the Company with a minimum working capital balance at the acquisition date. To the extent actual working capital on the acquisition date exceeded or fell below the minimum requirement, the Company would either pay or receive funds from the seller. On January 16, 2013, the Company and the seller agreed to extend the settlement of the working capital adjustment until certain servicing related receivables are finalized. The Company continues to recognize provisional amounts in its purchase price allocation related to these items as of March 31, 2013 as the settlement of working capital was not finalized as of March 31, 2013. Any adjustments to the provisional amounts recognized will be made upon finalization of working capital. We do not expect these adjustments to have a material impact on goodwill.

The following summarizes the Company’s other intangible assets, related to the Acquisition, as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	As of March 31, 2013
	Gross carrying value		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying value
Mortgage pipeline intangible asset	$	18,700	(16,460		)	$	2,240
Mortgage servicing rights	124,629		(15,046		)	109,583
	$	143,329	$	(31,506	)	$	111,823

The Company expects to amortize in 2013 the remaining March 31, 2013 net carrying value of the mortgage pipeline intangible asset. The expected amortization of Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs), which includes the MSRs acquired from CWCapital shown above, is disclosed in Note 5.

NOTE 4—GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

The gains from mortgage banking activities consisted of the following activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Contractual loan origination related fees, net	$	22,260		$	10,279
Fair value of expected future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment	21,871			10,083
Fair value of expected guaranty obligation	(1,200		)	(560		)
Total gains from mortgage banking activities	$	42,931		$	19,802

The origination fees shown in the table above are net of co-broker fees of $3.3 million and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 5—MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

MSRs represent the fair value of the servicing rights retained by the Company for mortgage loans originated and sold. The capitalized amount is equal to the estimated fair value of the expected net cash flows associated with the servicing rights. The following describes the key assumptions used in calculating each loan’s MSR:

Discount rate—Depending upon loan type, the discount rate used is management’s best estimate of market discount rates. The rates used for loans originated were 10% to 15% for each of the three-month periods presented.

7

Estimated Life—The estimated life of the MSRs is derived based upon the stated yield maintenance and/or prepayment protection term of the underlying loan and may be reduced by 6 to 12 months based upon the expiration of various types of prepayment penalty and/or lockout provisions prior to that stated maturity date.

Servicing Cost—The estimated future cost to service the loan for the estimated life of the MSR is subtracted from the estimated future cash flows.

The fair value of the MSRs was $373.7 million and $350.5 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Company uses a discounted static cash flow valuation approach and the key economic assumption is the discount rate. For example see the following sensitivities:

The impact of a 100 basis point increase in the discount rate at March 31, 2013, is a decrease in the fair value of $11.7 million.

The impact of a 200 basis point increase in the discount rate at March 31, 2013, is a decrease in the fair value of $22.7 million.

Activity related to capitalized MSRs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	315,524		$	137,079
Additions, following the sale of loan	38,793			13,027
Amortization	(15,105		)	(6,350		)
Pre-payments and write-offs	(2,815		)	(1,135		)
Ending balance	$	336,397		$	142,621

The expected amortization of MSR balances recorded as of March 31, 2013 is shown below (in thousands):

	Originated MSRs		Acquired MSRs		Total MSRs
	Amortization		Amortization		Amortization
Nine Months Ending December 31,
2013	$	29,436	$	15,732	$	45,168
Year Ending December 31,
2014	36,686		19,565		56,251
2015	32,065		17,867		49,932
2016	29,565		16,400		45,965
2017	26,547		14,387		40,934
2018	22,576		10,468		33,044
Thereafter	49,939		15,164		65,103
Total	$	226,814	$	109,583	$	336,397

NOTE 6—GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS

When a loan is sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program, the Company typically agrees to guarantee a portion of the ultimate loss incurred on the loan should the borrower fail to perform. The compensation for this risk is a component of the servicing fee on the loan. No guaranty is provided for loans sold under the Freddie Mac or HUD loan programs.

A summary of our guaranty obligation for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

8

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	21,155		$	9,921
Guaranty obligation recognized, following the sale of loan	2,154			1,002
Amortization of guaranty obligation	(957		)	(476		)
Ending Balance	$	22,352		$	10,447

The Company evaluates the allowance for risk-sharing obligations by monitoring the performance of each loan for triggering events or conditions that may signal a potential default. In situations where payment under the guaranty is probable and estimable on a specific loan, the Company records an additional liability for the estimated allowance for risk-sharing through a charge to the provision for risk-sharing obligations in the income statement, along with a write-off of the loan-specific MSR. The amount of the provision reflects our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower, the estimated disposition value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, the loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent. A summary of our allowance for risk-sharing for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Beginning balance	$	15,670	$	14,917
Provision for risk sharing obligations	401		1,224
Write-offs	—		(1,619		)
Ending Balance	$	16,071	$	14,522

As of March 31, 2013, the maximum quantifiable contingent liability associated with the Company’s guarantees under the Fannie Mae DUS agreement was $2.8 billion. The maximum quantifiable contingent liability is not representative of the actual loss the Company would incur. The Company would be liable for this amount only if all of the loans it services for Fannie Mae, for which the Company retains some risk of loss, were to default and all of the collateral underlying these loans was determined to be without value at the time of settlement.

NOTE 7—SERVICING

The total unpaid principal balance of loans the Company was servicing for various institutional investors was $36.8 billion as of March 31, 2013 compared to $16.9 billion as of March 31, 2012.

NOTE 8—WAREHOUSE NOTES PAYABLE

The maximum borrowing amounts and outstanding balances under the warehouse notes payable as of March 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

	Maximum		Outstanding
Facility	Amount		Balance		Interest rate
Committed warehouse facility #1	$	575,000	$	284,095	Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.85%
Committed warehouse facility #2	450,000		176,801		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.75%
Committed warehouse facility #3	35,000		7,125		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 2.50%
Committed warehouse facility #4	50,000		—		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 2.50%
Fannie Mae Repurchase agreement, uncommited line and open maturity	500,000		8,200		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.15%
Total	$	1,610,000	$	476,221

On April 2, 2013, the Company executed an amendment to the warehouse agreement related to warehouse facility #2, reducing the interest rate under the line to 30-day LIBOR plus 150 basis points. No other material modifications were made to the agreement.

9

On April 12, 2013, the Company executed an amendment to the warehousing agreement related to warehouse facility #1, reducing the interest rate under the line to 30-day LIBOR plus 165 basis points. No other material modifications were made to the agreement.

NOTE 9—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company uses valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach to measure assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

·Level 1—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

·Level 2—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

·Level 3—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall valuation.

The Company’s MSRs are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. That is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The Company’s MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, precise terms and conditions vary with each transaction and are not readily available. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of MSRs was developed using discounted cash flow models that calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model considers contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service and other economic factors. The Company reassesses and periodically adjusts the underlying inputs and assumptions used in the model to reflect observable market conditions and assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing an MSR asset. MSRs are carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s assets and liabilities carried at fair value:

·Derivative Instruments—The derivative positions consist of interest rate lock commitments and forward sale agreements. These instruments are valued using a discounted cash flow model developed based on changes in the U.S. Treasury rate and other observable market data. The value was determined after considering the potential impact of collateralization, adjusted to reflect nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and the Company and are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

·Loans held for sale—The loans held for sale are reported at fair value. The Company determines the fair value of the loans held for sale using discounted cash flow models that incorporate quoted observable prices from market participants. Therefore, the Company classifies these loans held for sale as Level 2.

·Pledged Securities—The pledged securities are valued using quoted market prices from recent trades. Therefore, the Company classifies pledged securities as Level 1.

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy used to measure fair value (in thousands):

10

	Quoted Prices in		Significant		Significant
	Active Markets		Other		Other
	For Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs		Balance as of
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Period End
March 31, 2013
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	479,779	$	—	$	479,779
Pledged securities	34,581		—		—		34,581
Derivative assets	—		—		8,306		8,306
Total	$	34,581	$	479,779	$	8,306	$	522,666
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	3,936	$	3,936
Total	$	—	$	—	$	3,936	$	3,936
December 31, 2012
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	1,101,561	$	—	$	1,101,561
Pledged securities	33,481		—		—		33,481
Derivative assets	—		—		21,258		21,258
Total	$	33,481	$	1,101,561	$	21,258	$	1,156,300
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	867	$	867
Total	$	—	$	—	$	867	$	867

There were no transfers between any of the levels within the fair value hierarchy during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Derivative instruments (Level 3) are outstanding for short periods of time (generally less than 60 days) and are not outstanding for more than one period. A roll forward of derivative instruments which require valuations based upon significant unobservable inputs, is presented below for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

11

	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs:
	Derivative Instruments
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
Derivative assets and liabilities, net
Beginning balance, December 31, 2012	$	20,391
Settlements	(58,951		)
Realized gains recorded in earnings (1)	38,560
Unrealized gains recorded in earnings (1)	4,370
Ending balance, March 31, 2013	$	4,370
	Derivative Instruments
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
Derivative assets and liabilities, net
Beginning balance, December 31, 2011	$	5,415
Settlements	(15,715		)
Realized gains recorded in earnings (1)	10,300
Unrealized gains recorded in earnings (1)	9,502
Ending balance, March 31, 2012	$	9,502

(1) Realized and unrealized gains from derivatives are recognized in the gains from mortgage banking activities line item in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table presents information about significant unobservable inputs used in the measurement of the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities (in thousands):

	Quantitative Information about Level 3 Measurements
	Fair Value		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input (1)	Input Value (1)
Derivative assets	$	8,306	Discounted cash flow	Counterparty credit risk	—
Derivative liabilities	3,936		Discounted cash flow	Counterparty credit risk	—

(1)Significant increases (decreases) in this input may lead to significantly lower (higher) fair value measurements.

The carrying amounts and the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, are presented below (in thousands):

12

	March 31, 2013				December 31, 2012
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	65,405	$	65,405	$	65,027	$	65,027
Restricted cash	7,750		7,750		7,130		7,130
Pledged securities	34,581		34,581		33,481		33,481
Loans held for sale	479,779		479,779		1,101,561		1,101,561
Loans held for investment	9,487		9,500		9,468		9,500
Derivative assets	8,306		8,306		21,258		21,258
Total financial assets	$	605,308	$	605,321	$	1,237,925	$	1,237,957
Financial Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	$	3,936	$	3,936	$	867	$	867
Warehouse notes payable	476,221		476,221		1,084,539		1,084,539
Notes payable	78,850		78,850		80,925		80,925
Total financial liabilities	$	559,007	$	559,007	$	1,166,331	$	1,166,331

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash—The carrying amounts, at face value or cost plus accrued interest, approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments (Level 1).

Pledged Securities—Consist of highly liquid investments in commercial paper of AAA rated entities and investments in money market accounts invested in government securities. Investments typically have maturities of 90 days or less, and are valued using quoted market prices from recent trades.

Loans Held For Sale—Consist of originated loans that are generally transferred or sold within 60 days from the date that a mortgage loan is funded, and are valued using discounted cash flow models that incorporate observable prices from market participants.

Loans Held For Investment—Consist of originated interim loans which the Company expects to hold for investment for periods of up to two years, and are valued using discounted cash flow models that incorporate observable prices from market participants (Level 2).

Derivative Instruments—Consist of interest rate lock commitments and forward sale agreements. These instruments are valued using discounted cash flow models developed based on changes in the U.S. Treasury rate and other observable market data. The value is determined after considering the potential impact of collateralization, adjusted to reflect nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and the Company.

Warehouse Notes Payable—Consist of borrowings outstanding under warehouse line agreements. The borrowing rates on the warehouse lines are based upon average 30-day LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments (Level 1).

Notes Payable—Consist of borrowings outstanding under term note agreements. The borrowing rates on the notes payable are based upon average 30-day LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The Company estimates the fair value by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument at market rates (Level 2).

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments and Loans Held for Sale—In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual commitments to originate (purchase) and sell multifamily mortgage loans at fixed prices with fixed expiration dates. The commitments become effective when the borrowers “lock-in” a specified interest rate within time frames established by the Company. All mortgagors are evaluated for creditworthiness prior to the extension of the commitment. Market risk arises if interest rates move adversely between the time of the “lock-in” of rates by the borrower and the sale date of the loan to an investor.

To mitigate the effect of the interest rate risk inherent in providing rate lock commitments to borrowers, the Company’s policy is to enter into a sale commitment with the investor simultaneously with the rate lock commitment with the borrower. The sale contract

13

with the investor locks in an interest rate and price for the sale of the loan. The terms of the contract with the investor and the rate lock with the borrower are matched in substantially all respects, with the objective of eliminating interest rate risk to the extent practical. Sale commitments with the investors have an expiration date that is longer than our related commitments to the borrower to allow, among other things, for the closing of the loan and processing of paperwork to deliver the loan into the sale commitment.

Both the rate lock commitments to borrowers and the forward sale contracts to buyers are undesignated derivatives and, accordingly, are marked to fair value through the gains on mortgage banking activities line item in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The fair value of the Company’s rate lock commitments to borrowers and loans held for sale and the related input levels includes, as applicable:

·the assumed gain/loss of the expected resultant loan sale to the buyer;

·the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan (Level 2);

·the effects of interest rate movements between the date of the rate lock and the balance sheet date (Level 2); and

·the nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and the Company (Level 3).

The fair value of the Company’s forward sales contracts to investors considers effects of interest rate movements between the trade date and the balance sheet date (Level 2). The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The assumed gain/loss considers the amount that the Company has discounted the price to the borrower from par for competitive reasons, if at all, and the expected net cash flows from servicing to be received upon securitization of the loan. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan is calculated pursuant to the valuation techniques described previously for mortgage servicing rights.

To calculate the effects of interest rate movements, the Company uses applicable published U.S. Treasury prices, and multiplies the price movement between the rate lock date and the balance sheet date by the notional loan commitment amount.

The fair value of the Company’s forward sales contracts to investors considers the market price movement of the same type of security between the trade date and the balance sheet date (Level 2). The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts is adjusted to reflect the risk that the agreement will not be fulfilled. The Company’s exposure to nonperformance in rate lock and forward sale contracts is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Given the credit quality of our counterparties, the short duration of interest rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts, and the Company’s historical experience with the agreements, the risk of nonperformance by the Company’s counterparties is not significant.

	Fair Value Adjustment Components										Balance Sheet Location
																Fair Value
	Notional or		Assumed		Interest Rate			Total								Adjustment
	Principal		Gain (Loss)		Movement			Fair Value			Derivative		Derivative			To Loans
(in thousands)	Amount		on Sale		Effect			Adjustment			Assets		Liabilities			Held for Sale
March 31, 2013
Rate lock commitments	$	168,130	$	6,298	$	1,635		$	7,933		$	7,933	$	—		$	—
Forward sale contracts	637,243		—		(3,459		)	(3,459		)	373		(3,936		)	—
Loans held for sale	469,113		8,842		1,824			10,666			—		—			10,666
Total			$	15,140	$	—		$	15,140		$	8,306	$	(3,936	)	$	10,666
December 31, 2012
Rate lock commitments	$	302,373	$	11,953	$	(1,194	)	$	10,759		$	10,759	$	—		$	—
Forward sale contracts	1,380,235		—		9,756			9,756			10,499		(867		)
Loans held for sale	1,077,862		32,261		(8,562		)	23,699			—		—			23,699
Total			$	44,214	$	—		$	44,214		$	21,258	$	(867	)	$	23,699

14

NOTE 10—LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS, AND CONTINGENCIES

Fannie Mae DUS Related Commitments—Commitments for the origination and subsequent sale and delivery of loans to Fannie Mae represent those mortgage loan transactions where the borrower has locked an interest rate and scheduled closing and the Company has entered into a mandatory delivery commitment to sell the loan to Fannie Mae. As discussed in Note 9, the Company accounts for these commitments as derivatives recorded at fair value.

The Company is generally required to share the risk of any losses associated with loans sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program (the DUS risk-sharing obligations). The Company is required to secure this obligation by assigning restricted cash balances and securities to Fannie Mae. On March 29, 2013 Fannie Mae announced changes to the DUS Capital Standards that are retroactive to January 1, 2013. These changes, and the impact on the Company, are as follows:

·Restricted liquidity requirements for Tier 1 loans were increased from 90 basis points to 110 basis points. The increased reserve requirement must be met immediately. The Company currently has an insignificant number of Tier 1 loans in our portfolio which will be affected by the announced collateral changes, and does not expect it will have a material impact on the Company’s future operations;

·Restricted liquidity requirements for existing Tier 2 loans were increased from 60 basis points to 75 basis points. The restricted liquidity requirement on new Tier 2 loans will continue to be funded over a 48 month period that begins upon delivery of the loan to Fannie Mae. The restricted liquidity requirement on existing Tier 2 mortgage loans will increase gradually (from 51 basis points as of December 31, 2012) by three basis points per quarter for eight quarters through December 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2013, the increased reserve requirement for existing Tier 2 loans from 51 basis points to 75 basis points on Tier 2 loans requires the Company to fund $49.9 million in additional restricted liquidity over the eight quarters beginning with March 31, 2013, or $6.2 million per quarter.

·Restricted liquidity held as collateral in the form of US Treasuries will experience a collateral reduction increasing from 0% to 3%, the discount on US Federal Agency Securities will increase from 3% to 4%, and the discount on money market funds holding US Treasuries will increase from 0% to 5%. As of March 31, 2013, the Company held all of its restricted liquidity in money market funds holding US Treasuries.

As a result of these changes, the Company was required to fund an additional $1.9 million of restricted reserves to satisfy the new requirements established by Fannie Mae. As of April 30, 2013, the Company has funded the additional restricted liquidity in order to satisfy its obligations with respect to the DUS Capital Standards. Fannie Mae will reassess the DUS Capital Standards on or before June 30, 2014. The Company generates sufficient cash flow from its operations to meet these new capital standards and does not expect these changes to have a material impact on its future operations; however, future changes to collateral requirements may adversely impact the Company.

Under the provisions of the DUS agreement, the Company must also maintain a certain level of liquid assets referred to as the operational and unrestricted portions of the required reserves each year. These requirements were satisfied by the Company as of March 31, 2013.

Fannie Mae has established benchmark standards for capital adequacy, and reserves the right to terminate the Company’s servicing authority for all or some of the portfolio, if at any time it determines that the Company’s financial condition is not adequate to support its obligation under the DUS agreement. The Company is required to maintain acceptable net worth as defined in the agreement, and the Company satisfied the requirements as of March 31, 2013. The net worth requirement is derived primarily from unpaid balances on Fannie Mae loans and the level of risk-sharing. At March 31, 2013, the net worth requirement was $86.9 million and the Company’s net worth was $190.1 million, as defined. As of March 31, 2013, the Company was required to maintain at least $16.1 million of liquid assets to meet our operational liquidity requirements, as defined in the agreements, for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD and Ginnie Mae. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had operational liquidity of $62.7 million.

Litigation—Capital Funding litigation— On February 17, 2010, Capital Funding Group, Inc. (“Capital Funding”) filed a lawsuit in the state Circuit Court of Montgomery County, Maryland against Walker & Dunlop, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, for alleged breach of contract, unjust enrichment and unfair competition arising out of an alleged agreement that Capital Funding had with Column Guaranteed, LLC (“Column”) to refinance a large portfolio of senior healthcare facilities located throughout the United States (the “Golden Living Facilities”). Capital Funding alleges that a contract existed between it and Column (and its affiliates) whereby Capital Funding allegedly had the right to perform the HUD refinancing for the Golden Living Facilities and according to which Capital Funding provided certain alleged proprietary information to Column and its affiliates relating to the refinancing of the Golden Living Facilities on a confidential basis. Capital Funding further alleges that Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as the alleged successor by merger to Column, is bound by Column’s alleged agreement with Capital Funding, and breached the agreement by taking for itself the opportunity to perform the HUD refinancing for the Golden Living Facilities.

Capital Funding further claims that Column and its affiliates and Walker & Dunlop, LLC breached the contract, were unjustly enriched, and committed unfair competition by using Capital Funding’s alleged proprietary information for certain allegedly

15

unauthorized purposes.  Capital Funding also asserts a separate unfair competition claim against Walker & Dunlop, LLC in which it alleges that Walker & Dunlop, LLC is improperly “taking credit” on its website for certain work actually performed by Capital Funding. Capital Funding seeks damages in excess of $30 million on each of the three claims asserted against all defendants, and an unspecified amount of damages on the separate claim for unfair competition against Walker & Dunlop, LLC.  Capital Funding also seeks injunctive relief in connection with its unjust enrichment and unfair competition claims.

Pursuant to an agreement, dated January 30, 2009 (the “Column Transaction Agreement”), among Column, Walker & Dunlop, LLC, W&D, Inc. and Green Park, Column generally agreed to indemnify Walker & Dunlop, LLC against liability arising from Column’s conduct prior to Column’s transfer of the assets to Walker & Dunlop, LLC. However, pursuant to the Column Transaction Agreement, Column’s indemnification obligation arises only after Column receives a claim notice following the resolution of the litigation that specifies the amount of Walker & Dunlop, LLC’s claim.

To provide for greater certainty regarding Column’s indemnification obligations before the resolution of this litigation and to cap our total loss exposure, the Company secured a further agreement from Column in November 2010 confirming that it will indemnify the Company for any liabilities that arise as a result of this litigation. As part of this further indemnification agreement, in the event Column is required to pay the Company for any liabilities under the Capital Funding litigation that it otherwise would not have been obligated to pay under the Column Transaction Agreement, the Company will indemnify Column for an amount up to $3.0 million. Also as part of this further indemnification agreement, William Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mallory Walker, former Chairman and current stockholder, in their individual capacities, agreed that if Column is required to indemnify the Company under this agreement and otherwise would not have been obligated to pay such amounts under the Column Transaction Agreement, Messrs. William Walker and Mallory Walker will pay any such amounts in excess of $3.0 million but equal to or less than $6.0 million. As a result of this agreement, the Company will have no liability or other obligation for any damage amounts in excess of $3.0 million arising out of this litigation. Although Column has assumed defense of the case for all defendants, and is paying applicable counsel fees, as a result of the indemnification claim procedures described above, the Company could be required to bear the significant costs of the litigation and any adverse judgment unless and until the Company is able to prevail on our indemnification claim. The Company believes that it will fully prevail on its indemnification claims against Column, and that the Company ultimately will incur no material loss as a result of this litigation, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. Accordingly, we have not recorded a loss contingency for this litigation.

On July 19, 2011, the Circuit Court for Montgomery County, Maryland issued an order granting the defendants’ motion to dismiss the case; without prejudice. After the initial case was dismissed without prejudice, Capital Funding filed an amended complaint. In November 2011, the Circuit Court of Montgomery County rejected the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint. Capital Funding filed a Second Amended Complaint that did not alter the claims at issue but revised their alleged damages. Defendants moved for summary judgment on all claims, including two counts of breach of contract, two counts of promissory estoppel, two counts of unjust enrichment, and two counts of unfair competition.  On April 30, 2013, the Court issued an Opinion and Order which granted the motion as to the promissory estoppel counts and one count of unjust enrichment.  The court denied the motion as to all remaining claims. Fact discovery in the case has concluded, and a trial is scheduled to begin on the remaining claims on July 8, 2013.

As a result of the indemnification listed above, the Company’s loss exposure is limited to $3.0 million.

The Company cannot predict the outcome of any pending litigation and may be subject to consequences that could include fines, penalties and other costs, and our reputation and business may be impacted. The Company’s management believes that any liability that could be imposed on the Company in connection with the disposition of any pending lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

In the normal course of business, the Company may be party to various claims and litigation, none of which the Company believes is material.

NOTE 11—EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following weighted average shares and share equivalents are used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

16

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013	2012
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used to calculate basic earnings per share	33,570,130	21,750,573
Dilutive securities
Unvested restricted shares	586,630	97,707
Weighted average number of shares and share equivaltents outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per share	34,156,760	21,848,280

The assumed proceeds used in the treasury method used for calculating the dilutive impact of restricted stock awards includes the unrecognized compensation costs and excess tax benefits associated with the awards. Options issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase 7,375 and 122,493 shares of common stock were outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

NOTE 12—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

A summary of changes in stockholders’ equity is presented below (dollars in thousands):

					Additional					Total
	Common Stock				Paid-In			Retained		Stockholders’
	Shares		Amount		Capital			Earnings		Equity
Balances at December 31, 2012	33,567,730		$	336	$	236,823		$	116,017	$	353,176
Net income	—		—		—			7,726		7,726
Issuance of common shares in connection with equity incentive plans	62,151		—		119			—		119
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	(16,049	)	—		(292		)	—		(292		)
Stock-based compensation	—		—		2,160			—		2,160
Tax benefit from vesting of restricted shares	—		—		161			—		161
Balances at March 31, 2013	33,613,832		$	336	$	238,971		$	123,743	$	363,050

NOTE 13—TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

As of March 31, 2013, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, through its ownership of Column, owns a 10% interest in the Company. From time to time, Credit Suisse refers HUD related financing opportunities to the Company, for which it receives fees. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Credit Suisse had earned zero and $0.8 million, respectively, of fees for the referral of HUD transactions to the Company (co-broker fees). At March 31, 2013, the Company had accrued $0.1 million of co-broker fees payable to Credit Suisse.

On February 9, 2012, the Company entered into an amendment to the agreement regarding the allocation of origination fees and trade premiums generated by certain transactions between Credit Suisse and the Company and providing for other terms and conditions with respect to future loan origination opportunities. The amendment resulted in a $2.5 million reduction in the amount the Company owed to Credit Suisse at December 31, 2011, which was recognized as other revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

A third party entity, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily Equity I, LLC (the “Managing Member”), in which Mr. Walker and other individuals hold ownership, is the managing member of an investment fund. The Company provides consulting and related services to

17

the Managing Member pursuant to a corporate services agreement for a fee which approximates our cost for such services. The amount of such fees was $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

NOTE 14—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 11, 2013, the Company executed an amendment to its lease agreement for the Needham, MA office. The amendment, among other things, modified the leasable space of the office and required the payment of a modification fee. The leasable space was amended from 40,066 square feet through June 30, 2022 to (i) 45,955 square feet from the period January 1, 2013 to March 31, 2013, (ii) 44,825 square feet from the period April 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013, and (iii) 19,368 square feet from the period July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2023. In connection with the amendment, the Company incurred a modification fee of $0.8 million, which was charged to expense in the second quarter of 2013.

18

Item 2.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. The following discussion contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking statements that include risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or contemplated in those forward looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Forward-Looking Statements

Some of the statements in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company,” “Walker & Dunlop,” “we,” “us”), may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, projections, plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” or “potential” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases which are predictions of or indicate future events or trends and which do not relate solely to historical matters. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-Q reflect our current views about future events and are subject to numerous known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and changes in circumstances that may cause actual results to differ significantly from those expressed or contemplated in any forward-looking statement. Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:

·the future of the GSEs and their impact on our business;

·the future funding level of HUD, including whether such funding will be sufficient to support future firm commitment requests, and its impact on our business;

·our growth strategy;

·our projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations;

·our ability to obtain and maintain warehouse and other loan funding arrangements;

·availability of and our ability to retain qualified personnel and our ability to develop relationships with borrowers, key principals and lenders;

·degree and nature of our competition;

·the outcome of pending litigation;

·changes in governmental regulations and policies, tax laws and rates, and similar matters and the impact of such regulations, policies and actions;

·our ability to comply with the laws, rules and regulations applicable to us;

·trends in the commercial real estate finance market, interest rates, commercial real estate values, the credit and capital markets or the general economy; and

·general volatility of the capital markets and the market price of our common stock.

While forward-looking statements reflect our good faith projections, assumptions and expectations, they are not guarantees of future results. Furthermore, we disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, data or methods, future events or other changes, except as required by applicable law. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could cause future results to differ materially from those expressed or contemplated in any forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors.”

Business

We are one of the leading commercial real estate finance companies in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. We originate, sell and service a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products. Our clients are owners and developers of commercial real estate across the country. We originate and sell loans through the programs of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, and the Federal Housing Administration, a division of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, with which we have long-established relationships. We retain servicing rights and asset management responsibilities on nearly all loans that we originate for GSE and HUD programs. We are approved as a Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS” ™) lender nationally, a Freddie Mac Program Plus™ lender in 22 states and the District of Columbia, a HUD Multifamily Accelerated Processing (“MAP”) lender nationally, a HUD LEAN lender nationally, and a Ginnie Mae issuer. We also originate and service loans for a number of life insurance companies, commercial banks and other institutional investors, in which cases we do not fund the loan but rather act as a loan broker. Additionally, through our subsidiary entities, we provide institutional advisory, asset management, and investment management services specializing in debt, structured debt, and equity financing for commercial real estate.

19

We fund loans for GSE and HUD programs, generally through warehouse facility financings, and sell them to investors in accordance with the related loan sale commitment, which we obtain prior to loan closing. Proceeds from the sale of the loan are used to pay off the warehouse facility. The sale of the loan is typically completed within 60 days after the loan is closed. In cases where we do not fund the loan, we act as a loan broker and service some of the loans. Our originators who focus on loan brokerage are engaged by borrowers to work with a variety of institutional lenders to find the most appropriate loan instrument for the borrowers’ needs. These loans are then funded directly by the institutional lender and we receive an origination fee for placing the loan and a servicing fee for any loans we service.

We recognize gains from mortgage banking activities when we commit to both make a loan to a borrower and sell that loan to an investor. The gains from mortgage banking activities reflect the fair value attributable to loan origination fees, premiums or losses on the sale of loans, net of any co-broker fees, and the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of loans, net of any guaranty obligations retained. We also generate revenue from net warehouse interest income we earn while the loan is held for sale in one of our warehouse facilities.

We retain servicing rights on substantially all of the loans we originate and sell, and generate revenues from the fees we receive for servicing the loans, interest income from escrow deposits held on behalf of borrowers, late charges and other ancillary fees. Servicing fees are set at the time an investor agrees to purchase the loan and are generally paid monthly for the duration of the loan. Our Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac servicing arrangements generally provide for prepayment penalties to the Company in the event of a voluntary prepayment. For loans serviced outside of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, we typically do not share in any such payments.

We are currently not exposed to interest rate risk during the loan commitment, closing and delivery process. The sale or placement of each loan to an investor is negotiated prior to establishing the coupon rate for the loan. We also seek to mitigate the risk of a loan not closing. We have agreements in place with the GSEs and HUD that specify the cost of a failed loan delivery, also known as a pair off fee, in the event we fail to deliver the loan to the investor. The pair off fee is typically less than the deposit we collect from the borrower. Any potential loss from a catastrophic change in the property condition while the loan is held for sale using warehouse facility financing is mitigated through property insurance equal to replacement cost. We are also protected contractually from any failure to close by an investor. We have experienced only one failed delivery in our history and did not incur any loss.

We have risk-sharing obligations on most loans we originate under the Fannie Mae DUS program. When a Fannie Mae DUS loan is subject to full risk-sharing, we absorb losses on the first 5% of the unpaid principal balance of a loan, and above 5% we share a percentage of the loss with Fannie Mae, with our maximum loss capped at 20% of the unpaid principal balance of a loan (subject to doubling or tripling if the loan does not meet specific underwriting criteria or if the loan defaults within 12 months of its sale to Fannie Mae). We may, however, request modified risk-sharing at the time of origination, which reduces our potential risk-sharing losses from the levels described above. We regularly request modified risk-sharing based on such factors as the size of the loan, market conditions and loan pricing. We may also request modified risk-sharing on large transactions if we do not believe that we are being fully compensated for the risks of the transactions or to manage overall risk levels. Our current credit management policy is to cap each loan balance subject to full risk-sharing at $60 million. Accordingly, we currently elect to use modified risk-sharing for loans of more than $60 million in order to limit our maximum loss exposure on any one loan to $12 million (such exposure would occur in the event that the underlying collateral is determined to be completely without value at the time of loss). However, we may on occasion elect to originate a loan with full risk sharing even when the loan balance is greater than $60 million if we believe the loan characteristics support such an approach.

Our servicing fees for risk-sharing loans include compensation for the risk-sharing obligations and are larger than the servicing fees we receive from Fannie Mae for loans with no risk-sharing obligations. We receive a lower servicing fee for modified risk-sharing than for full risk-sharing.

We offer an interim loan program offering floating-rate debt, for terms of up to two years, to experienced borrowers seeking to acquire or reposition multifamily properties that do not currently qualify for permanent financing (the “Program”). We closed our first loans under the Program in 2012. We underwrite all loans originated through the Program. During the time that they are outstanding, we assume the full risk of loss on the loans.  In addition, we service and asset-manage loans originated through the Program, with the ultimate goal of providing permanent financing on the properties.

On September 4, 2012, we closed our acquisition of CWCapital, LLC (“CWCapital”), at which time the total consideration transferred was valued at approximately $231.1 million, consisting of $80.0 million in cash and our issuance in a private placement to CW Financial Services, LLC (“CW Financial”) of approximately 11.6 million shares of common stock valued at approximately $151.1 million (the “Acquisition”). CWCapital, a Massachusetts limited liability company, was one of the leading commercial real estate finance companies in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending, originating and selling mortgage loans pursuant to the programs of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and HUD. The Acquisition combined two of the leading commercial real estate lenders in the country to form one of the largest commercial real estate lenders in the country.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include all of the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned

20

subsidiaries, and all material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors management believes to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from those estimates and assumptions. We believe the following critical accounting policies represent the areas where more significant judgments and estimates are used in the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements.

Mortgage Servicing Rights and Guaranty Obligations.    MSRs are recorded at fair value the day we sell a loan. We only recognize MSRs for GSE and HUD originations. Our servicing contracts with non-governmental originations are cancelable with limited notice and as a result, have a de minimis fair value. The fair value is based on the expected future net cash flows associated with the servicing rights. The expected net cash flows are discounted at a rate that reflects the credit and liquidity risk of the MSR over the estimated life of the underlying loan.

In addition to the MSR, for all Fannie Mae DUS loans with risk-sharing obligations, upon sale we record the fair value of the obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guaranty (non-contingent obligation), and the fair value of the expected loss from the risk-sharing obligations in the event of a borrower default (contingent obligation). In determining the fair value of the guaranty obligation, we consider the risk profile of the collateral, historical loss experience, and various market indicators. Generally, the estimated fair value of the guaranty obligation is based on the present value of the future cash flows expected to be paid under the guaranty over the life of the loan (historically three to five basis points annually), discounted using a 12-15 percent discount rate. Historically, the contingent obligation recognized has been de minimis. The estimated life and discount rate used to calculate the guaranty obligation are consistent with those used to calculate the corresponding MSR.

The MSR and associated guaranty obligation are amortized into expense over the estimated life of the loan. The MSR is amortized in proportion to, and over the period, that net servicing income is expected to be received. The guaranty obligation is amortized evenly over the term of the loan. If a loan defaults and is not expected to become current or pays off prior to the estimated life, the net unamortized MSR and guaranty obligation balances are expensed.

We carry the MSRs at the lower of amortized value or fair market value and evaluate the carrying value quarterly. We engage a third party to assist in valuing our MSRs on a semi-annual basis.

Allowance for Risk-Sharing Obligations.    The amount of the allowance considers our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower or key principal(s), the estimated disposition value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, initial loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent. We regularly monitor our risk-sharing obligations on all loans and update loss estimates as current information is received.

Goodwill. Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, under which the purchase price of the acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the fair values determined by management as of the acquisition date. We recognize identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed (both specific and contingent) at their fair values at the acquisition date. Furthermore, acquisition-related costs, such as due diligence, legal and accounting fees, are not capitalized or applied in determining the fair value of the acquired assets.

We do not amortize goodwill; instead, we evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually. In addition to our annual impairment evaluation, we evaluate whether events or circumstances have occurred in the period subsequent to our annual impairment testing which indicate that it is more likely than not an impairment loss has occurred.

Intangible Assets. We evaluate our identified intangibles for impairment annually or if other events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Overview of Current Business Environment

In 2013, U.S. multifamily market fundamentals have continued their improvement following the macroeconomic instability experienced in recent years. Occupancy rates and effective rents appear to have increased based upon increased rental market demand, both of which aid loan performance due to their importance to the cash flows of the underlying properties. Additionally, many commercial real estate properties are projected to need refinancing in the coming years.

The passage of Dodd-Frank introduced complex, comprehensive legislation into the financial and real estate recoveries, which will have far reaching effects on the industry and its participants. While we are not a banking institution, there is uncertainty as to how, in the coming years, Dodd-Frank may affect us or our competitors.

The scope, extent and timing of GSE reform continue to be uncertain. Although we cannot predict what actions Congress or other

21

governmental agencies may take affecting the GSEs and/or HUD, we expect some regulatory change is likely. In March 2013, the GSEs’ regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, communicated a goal to reduce multifamily origination volumes 10 percent from 2012 levels. Additionally, in April 2013, HUD announced that the allocation from the Federal government to fund multifamily originations may be insufficient to meet all requests through the end of its fiscal year (September 30, 2013) if volumes for the first half of its fiscal year continued through the second half of the fiscal year. In spite of these communications from the GSEs and HUD, we believe that the GSEs and HUD will continue to supply a sufficient level of capital to the multifamily market. As noted in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (“2012 Form 10-K”), we continue to explore channels to diversify our revenue streams to limit the impact of such events on our ability to do business and meet our customers’ needs.

Results of Operations

Following is a discussion of our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. The financial results are not necessarily indicative of future results. Our quarterly results have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future, reflecting the interest rate environment, the volume of transactions, and general economic conditions. Additionally, the results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflect the impact of the Acquisition, which materially affects the comparability to the prior year. Please refer to the table below, which provides supplemental data regarding our financial performance.

22

	For the three months ended March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2013			2012
Origination Data:
Origination Volumes by Investor
Fannie Mae	$	762,973		$	267,901
Freddie Mac	514,595			84,517
Ginnie Mae - HUD	147,433			112,603
Other (1)	306,351			209,435
Total	$	1,731,352		$	674,456
Key Metrics (as a percentage of total revenues):
Personnel expenses	41		%	34		%
Other operating expenses	13		%	13		%
Total expenses	82		%	72		%
Adjusted total expenses (2)	80		%	72		%
Operating margin	18		%	28		%
Adjusted operating margin (2)	20		%	28		%
Key Origination Metrics (as a percentage of origination volume):
Origination related fees	1.29		%	1.52		%
Fair value of MSRs created, net	1.19		%	1.41		%
Fair value of MSRs created, net as a percentage of GSE and HUD origination volume (3)	1.45		%	2.05		%

	As of March 31,
	2013			2012
Servicing Portfolio by Type:
Fannie Mae	$	19,259,656		$	10,277,105
Freddie Mac	9,602,557			3,200,241
Ginnie Mae - HUD	4,630,452			1,478,202
Other (1)	3,267,855			1,895,397
Total	$	36,760,520		$	16,850,945
Key Servicing Metrics (end of period):
Weighted-average servicing fee rate	0.24		%	0.23		%

(1)Commercial mortgage backed securities, life insurance companies, and commercial banks.

(2)This is a non-GAAP financial measure

(3)The fair value of the expected net cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, net of any guaranty obligation retained, as a percentage of GSE and HUD volume reflects revenue recognized, as a percentage of loan origination volume, on those loans which the Company will record an MSR upon sale of the loan. No MSRs are recorded for “Other” originations or interim loan originations.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement the condensed consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, the Company presents the following non-GAAP financial measures:

·Adjusted net income;

·Adjusted earnings per diluted share;

·Adjusted total expenses;

·Adjusted income from operations; and

·Adjusted operating margin.

These supplemental measures exclude acquisition and integration costs specifically related to the CWCapital acquisition, and amortization of customer contracts and other intangible assets acquired from CWCapital.  The Company believes that these non-GAAP measures facilitate a review of the comparability of the Company’s operating performance on a period-to-period basis because such costs are

23

not, in our view, related to the Company’s ongoing operational performance. We use non-GAAP measures to evaluate the operating performance of our business, for comparison with forecasts and strategic plans, and for benchmarking performance externally against competitors.

These non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with or an alternative for GAAP, and may be different from non-GAAP measures used by other companies. We believe that these non-GAAP measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the amounts associated with the Company’s results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP and that these measures should only be used to evaluate the Company’s results of operations in conjunction with the corresponding GAAP measures. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

Adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per diluted share, adjusted total expenses, adjusted income from operations, and adjusted operating margin are calculated as follows:

ADJUSTED FINANCIAL METRICS RECONCILIATION TO GAAP

	For the three months ended  March 31,
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	2013			2012
Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income and GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share
GAAP net income	$	7,726		$	5,839
Shares (1)	34,157			21,848
GAAP diluted earnings per share	$	0.23		$	0.27
GAAP net income	$	7,726		$	5,839
Adjustments:
Amortization of intangibles	1,278			—
Income tax impact of adjustments	(497		)	—
Adjusted net income	$	8,507		$	5,839
Shares (1)	34,157			21,848
Adjusted diluted earnings per share	$	0.25		$	0.27
Reconciliation of GAAP Income from Operations and GAAP Operating Margin to Adjusted Income from Operations and Adjusted Operating Margin
GAAP income from operations	$	12,330		$	9,494
Total revenues	69,185			34,402
GAAP operating margin	18		%	28		%
GAAP income from operations	$	12,330		$	9,494
Adjustments:
Amortization of intangibles	1,278			—
Adjusted income from operations	$	13,608		$	9,494
Total revenues	69,185			34,402
Adjusted operating margin	20		%	28		%
Reconciliation of GAAP Total Expenses to Adjusted Total Expenses
GAAP total expenses	$	56,855		$	24,908
Adjustments:
Amortization of intangibles	1,278			—
Adjusted total expenses	$	55,577		$	24,908

(1): Diluted weighted average shares outstanding.

Overview

Our consolidated income from operations was $12.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $9.5 million for

24

the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 30% increase. Our total revenues were $69.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $34.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 101% increase. Our total expenses were $56.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $24.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 128% increase. Our operating margin was 18% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to 28% for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to significantly higher overall origination volumes due to the Acquisition and organic growth.  In addition, substantial increases in servicing fees, net warehouse interest income, and escrow earnings and other interest income contributed to the overall revenue growth. The growth in expenses was primarily attributable to increases in compensation costs as a result of the organic growth of the Company and the Acquisition, amortization and depreciation due to an increase in the MSR portfolio due to organic growth and the Acquisition, and amortization of intangible assets related to the Acquisition.

Our net income was $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 32% increase.

Revenues

Gains From Mortgage Banking Activities.  Gains from mortgage banking activities were $42.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $19.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 117% increase. Gains reflect the fair value of loan origination fees, the fair value of loan premiums or losses, net of any co-broker fees, and the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, net of any guaranty obligations retained. The increase is attributable to the increase in the volume of loans originated year over year due to organic growth and the Acquisition. Origination volumes increased to $1.7 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $674.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 157% increase. The increase in revenue due to loan origination volumes was partially offset by a decline in the loan origination fee rate and in the average fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan as a percentage of loan origination volume.

Servicing Fees.  Servicing fees were $21.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $9.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 125% increase. The increase was primarily attributable to a 118% increase in the servicing portfolio to $36.8 billion at March 31, 2013 from $16.9 billion at March 31, 2012, combined with an increase in the weighted-average servicing fee rate to 24 basis points at March 31, 2013 from 23 basis points at March 31, 2012.

Net Warehouse Interest Income.  Net warehouse interest income was $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 73% increase. The increase is attributable to a 231% increase in the average outstanding warehouse balance, partially offset by (i) a decrease of 22 basis points in the average net spread between the loan coupon rate and the cost of warehouse financing and (ii) a $0.4 million increase in warehouse-related fees year over year.  Warehouse-related fees primarily consist of commitment and usage fees. The components of net warehouse interest income are (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Warehouse interest income	$	5,447	$	2,575
Warehouse interest expense	3,824		1,638
Warehouse interest income, net	$	1,623	$	937

Escrow Earnings and Other Interest Income.  Escrow earnings and other interest income was $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 75% increase. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in escrow earnings rates on servicing portfolio escrow balances, as well as an increase in our average escrow balances held.

Other.  Other income was $2.5 million and $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively. In 2012, other income included a $2.5 million gain resulting from an amendment to a contract that specified the allocation of origination fees and trade premiums between the Company and a correspondent for the refinance of a portfolio of loans.  There were no similar transactions for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Expenses

Personnel.  Personnel expense was $28.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $11.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 143% increase. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in loan origination related fees on which the resulting loan originator commissions are based, as well as increases in compensation expense as the Company invested in its loan origination platform through the addition of origination teams, 14 new regional offices, and 254 full time employees since March 31, 2012.

25

Amortization and Depreciation.  Amortization and depreciation expense was $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $7.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 138% increase. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in loan origination activity and resulting growth in the capitalization of MSRs and the addition of $124.6 million of MSRs from the Acquisition, all of which are subsequently amortized.

Amortization of Intangible Assets. The increase was attributable to amortization expense of $1.3 million related to the amortization of intangible assets recognized upon closing the Acquisition, for which there was no comparable expense in the prior year.

Provision for Risk-Sharing Obligations.  The provision for risk-sharing obligations was $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a $0.8 million, or 67%, decrease. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in the 60+ day delinquency rate from 0.8% of the at risk portfolio at March 31, 2012 to 0% of the at risk portfolio at March 31, 2013 and fewer defaulted loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013 than during the three months ended March 31, 2012. We regularly monitor our risk-sharing obligations on all loans and update our loss estimates as current information is received.

Interest Expense on Corporate Debt.  The interest expense on corporate debt was $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 476% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to a 247% increase in the average corporate debt outstanding.

Other Operating Expenses.  Other operating expenses were $8.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, an 87% increase.  The increase was primarily attributable to increases in office expenses and professional fees. Office expenses increased due to increased rent from the expansion of our corporate headquarters and the addition of several regional offices. Professional fees increased due primarily to increased tax and audit fees and subservicing expense due to the growth in our servicing portfolio.

Income Tax Expense.   Income tax expense was $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, a 26% increase. The increase in income tax expense was due to an increase in income from operations, slightly offset by refunds received from various taxing jurisdictions during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Financial Condition

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our cash flows from operations are generated from loan sales, servicing fees, escrow earnings, net warehouse interest income and other income, net of loan purchases and operating costs. Our cash flows from operations are impacted by the fees generated by our loan originations, the timing of loan closings and the period of time loans are held for sale in the warehouse loan facility, prior to delivery to the investor.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

We usually lease facilities and equipment for our operations. However, when necessary and cost effective, we invest cash in property, plant and equipment.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

We use our warehouse loan facilities and our corporate cash to fund loan closings. We believe that our current warehouse loan facilities are adequate to meet our increasing loan origination needs. Historically we have used long-term debt to fund acquisitions.

We currently have no intention to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

Our unrestricted cash balance was $65.4 million and $40.8 million as of March 31, 2013, and March 31, 2012, respectively, a $24.6 million increase.

Changes in cash flows from operations were driven primarily by loans acquired and sold. Such loans are held for short periods of time, generally less than 60 days, and impact cash flows presented as of a point in time. Cash provided by operating activities was $612.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to cash used in operating activities of $21.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.  The increase in cash flows provided by operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 is primarily attributable to the receipt of $608.6 million for the funding of loan originations, net of sales of loans to third parties during the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the net use of $6.7 million from funding loan originations, net of sales to third parties during the three months ended March

26

31, 2012.  Excluding cash provided by and used for the sale and purchase of loans, cash flows provided by operations was $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to cash flows used in operations of $14.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

We invested $1.2 million and $8.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively, a $7.7 million decrease from 2012 to 2013. The decrease is primarily attributable to the investment of $6.9 million in one interim loan held for investment during the three months ended March 31, 2012, for which there was no comparable investment made during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Cash used in financing activities was $610.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $17.2 million cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily attributable to the increased repayments of warehouse notes payable and the increased repayments of notes payable.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Uses of Liquidity, Cash and Cash Equivalents

Our cash flow requirements consist of (i) short-term liquidity necessary to fund mortgage loans, (ii) working capital to support our day-to-day operations, servicer advances consisting of principal and interest advances for Fannie Mae or HUD loans that become delinquent and advances on insurance and tax payments if the escrow funds are insufficient, and (iii) debt service payments, including liquidity necessary to meet the annual $8.3 million debt service requirement of our term note obligation which matures on August 31, 2017.

Fannie Mae has established benchmark standards for capital adequacy, and reserves the right to terminate the Company’s servicing authority for all or some of the portfolio, if at any time it determines that the Company’s financial condition is not adequate to support its obligation under the DUS agreement. The Company is required to maintain acceptable net worth as defined in the agreement, and the Company satisfied the requirements as of March 31, 2013. The net worth requirement is derived primarily from unpaid balances on Fannie Mae loans and the level of risk-sharing. At March 31, 2013, the net worth requirement was $86.9 million and the Company’s net worth was $190.1 million, as defined. As of March 31, 2013, we were required to maintain at least $16.1 million of liquid assets to meet our operational liquidity requirements for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD, Ginnie Mae and our warehouse facility lenders. As of March 31, 2013, we had operational liquidity of $62.7 million.

Under our warehouse lines of credit and term note agreements, we are required to comply with various financial covenants. See “Sources of Liquidity.”  As of March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all such financial covenants.

We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Historically, our cash flows from operations have been sufficient to enable us to meet our short-term liquidity needs and other funding requirements. Similarly, we believe that cash flows from operations will be sufficient for us to meet our current obligations for the next 12 months.

Restricted Cash and Pledged Securities

We also require working capital to satisfy collateral requirements for our Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing obligations and to meet the operational liquidity requirements of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD, Ginnie Mae and our warehouse facility lenders. In 2013, Fannie Mae increased its collateral requirements for certain loans (“revised Fannie Mae collateral requirements”). Additionally, Congress and other governmental authorities have also suggested that lenders will be required to retain on their balance sheet a portion of the loans that they originate, although no regulation has yet been implemented. If such regulation is enacted, we would potentially require additional liquidity to support any future increased collateral requirements.

Restricted cash and pledged securities consist primarily of collateral for our risk-sharing obligations and good faith deposits held on behalf of borrowers between the time we enter into a loan commitment with the borrower and the investor purchases the loan. The amount of collateral required by Fannie Mae is a formulaic calculation at the loan level and considers the balance of the loan, the risk level of the loan, the age of the loan and the level of risk-sharing. As of March 31, 2013, we pledged securities of $34.6 million to collateralize our Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing obligations. To meet the revised Fannie Mae collateral requirements that were effective March 31, 2013, we pledged an additional $1.9 million of securities to Fannie Mae in April 2013.

The Company is generally required to share the risk of any losses associated with loans sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program (the DUS risk-sharing obligations). The Company is required to secure this obligation by assigning restricted cash balances and securities to Fannie Mae. On March 29, 2013 Fannie Mae announced changes to the DUS Capital Standards that are retroactive to January 1, 2013. These changes, and the impact on the Company, are as follows:

27

·Restricted liquidity requirements for Tier 1 loans were increased from 90 basis points to 110 basis points. The increased reserve requirement must be met immediately. The Company currently has an insignificant number of Tier 1 loans in our portfolio which will be affected by the announced collateral changes, and does not expect it will have a material impact on the Company’s future operations;

·Restricted liquidity requirements for existing Tier 2 loans were increased from 60 basis points to 75 basis points. The restricted liquidity requirement on new Tier 2 loans will continue to be funded over a 48 month period that begins upon delivery of the loan to Fannie Mae. The restricted liquidity requirement on existing Tier 2 mortgage loans will increase gradually (from 51 basis points as of December 31, 2012) by three basis points per quarter for eight quarters through December 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2013, the increased reserve requirement for existing Tier 2 loans from 51 basis points to 75 basis points on Tier 2 loans requires the Company to fund $49.9 million in additional restricted liquidity over the eight quarters beginning with March 31, 2013, or $6.2 million per quarter.

·Restricted liquidity held as collateral in the form of US Treasuries will experience a collateral reduction increasing from 0% to 3%, the discount on US Federal Agency Securities will increase from 3% to 4%, and the discount on money market funds holding US Treasuries will increase from 0% to 5%. As of March 31, 2013, the Company held all of its restricted liquidity in money market funds holding US Treasuries.

Warehouse Facilities

To provide financing to borrowers under GSE and HUD programs and to assist in funding interim loans, we have five warehouse facilities that we use to fund substantially all of our loan originations. As of March 31, 2013, we had four committed warehouse lines of credit in the aggregate amount of $1.1 billion with certain national banks and a $500.0 million uncommitted facility with Fannie Mae.  Consistent with industry practice, three of these facilities are revolving commitments we expect to renew annually, one is a revolving commitment we expect to renew every two years, and the last facility is provided on an uncommitted basis without a specific maturity date. Our ability to originate mortgage loans depends upon our ability to secure and maintain these types of short-term financings on acceptable terms.

Warehouse Facility #1:

On September 4, 2012, contemporaneous with the closing of the Acquisition, we entered into the Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement with a national bank to replace the existing $150.0 million warehouse line with a committed warehouse line that matures on September 3, 2013. The commitment under the warehouse line was $575.0 million as of March 31, 2013. The Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement provides us with the ability to fund our Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD and FHA loans. Advances are made at 100% of the loan balance and borrowings under this line bear interest at the average 30-day London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 185 basis points. On April 12, 2013, we executed an amendment to the Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, reducing the interest rate under the line to 30-day LIBOR plus 165 basis points. No other material modifications were made to the agreement.

As of March 31, 2013, we had $284.1 million of borrowings outstanding under this line with a corresponding principal amount of loans held for sale.

Warehouse Facility #2:

On September 4, 2012, contemporaneous with the closing of the Acquisition, we amended our $350.0 million committed warehouse agreement that was scheduled to mature on February 28, 2013. The committed warehouse facility provides us with the ability to fund our Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD and FHA loans. The amendment, among other things, extended the maturity date to September 3, 2013, reduced the rate for borrowing from the average 30-day LIBOR plus 185 basis points to the average 30-day LIBOR plus 175 basis points and amended the negative and financial covenants to conform to those of our Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, described above, with the exception of the leverage ratio covenant, which is not included in the amended facility.  On January 25, 2013, we entered into an amendment to increase the borrowing capacity from $350.0 million to $450.0 million. No other material modifications were included in the amendment.  On April 2, 2013, we executed an amendment to the warehouse agreement, reducing the interest rate under the line to 30-day LIBOR plus 150 basis points. No other material modifications were made to the agreement.

As of March 31, 2013, we had $176.8 million of borrowings outstanding under this line with a corresponding principal amount of loans held for sale.

Warehouse Facility #3:

We have a $35.0 million committed warehouse line agreement that matures on July 21, 2013, subject to one year extensions at the lenders’ discretion. The facility provides us with the ability to fund first mortgage loans on multifamily real estate properties for periods of up to two years, using available cash in combination with advances under the facility. All borrowings bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR

28

plus 250 basis points. Borrowings under the facility are full recourse to us. As of March 31, 2013, there was $7.1 million of borrowings outstanding under this line with one corresponding loan classified as held for investment.

Warehouse Facility #4:

On October 5, 2012, we closed a $50.0 million committed warehouse line agreement that matures on October 4, 2013.  The agreement provides us with the ability to fund first mortgage loans on multifamily real estate properties for periods of up to two years, using available cash in combination with advances under the facility. All borrowings bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 250 basis points.  The lender retains a first priority security interest in all mortgages funded by such advances on a cross-collateralized basis.  Repayments under the credit agreement are interest-only, with principal repayments made upon the earlier of the refinancing of an underlying mortgage or the maturity of an advance under the credit agreement.  As of March 31, 2013, we had no borrowings outstanding under this line.

Uncommitted Warehouse Facility:

We have a $500.0 million uncommitted facility with Fannie Mae under its ASAP funding program. After approval of certain loan documents, Fannie Mae will fund loans after closing and the advances are used to repay the primary warehouse line. Fannie Mae will advance 99% of the loan balance, and borrowings under this program bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR, with a minimum LIBOR rate of 35 basis points, plus 115 basis points. As of March 31, 2013, we had $8.2 million of borrowings outstanding under this program with a corresponding principal amount of loans held for sale. There is no expiration date for this facility.

The agreements above contain cross-default provisions, such that if a default occurs under any of our debt agreements, generally the lenders under our other debt agreements could also declare a default. As of March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all of our warehouse line covenants.

We believe that the combination of our capital and warehouse facilities is adequate to meet our current loan origination needs.

Debt Obligations

On September 4, 2012, and substantially contemporaneous with the closing of the Acquisition, we entered into a senior secured term loan credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) that replaced our $42.5 million Existing Term Loan Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides for an $83.0 million term loan (the “Term Loan”). At March 31, 2013, there were $78.9 million of borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

The Term Loan amortizes in equal quarterly installments of $2.1 million commencing 90 days after the closing date, with a final maturity date for all remaining amounts due under the Term Loan of August 31, 2017.  Other than the scheduled quarterly amortization installments, any prepayments of Term Loan principal during the first 18 months after the Closing Date (the “Lockout Period”) must be accompanied by a prepayment penalty fee equal to the amount of interest that would have accrued on the prepaid principal amount during the then remaining portion of the Lockout Period.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate derived from LIBOR for a one-month interest period plus an applicable margin of 3.75%, subject to adjustment if an event of default is continuing.

Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC and Walker & Dunlop Capital, LLC, each of which is our direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary (together with us, the “Loan Parties”), pursuant to a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement entered into on the Closing Date among the Loan Parties and the lender (the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”).

All of the notes payable, including the warehouse facilities, are senior obligations of the Company.

Credit Quality and Allowance for Risk-Sharing Obligations

The following table sets forth certain information useful in evaluating our credit performance.

29

	As of and for the three months  ended March 31,
(Dollars in thousands)	2013			2012
Key Credit Metrics
Fannie Mae servicing portfolio:
Fannie Mae Full Risk	$	12,192,313		$	7,003,631
Fannie Mae Modified Risk	3,879,856			2,151,373
Fannie Mae No Risk	3,187,487			1,122,101
Total Fannie Mae	$	19,259,656		$	10,277,105
Freddie Mac servicing portfolio:
Freddie Mac Modified Risk	$	68,906		$	—
Freddie Mac No Risk	9,533,651			3,200,241
Total Freddie Mac	$	9,602,557		$	3,200,241
GNMA/HUD servicing portfolio:
GNMA/HUD Full Risk	$	4,958		$	—
GNMA/HUD No Risk	4,625,494			1,478,202
Total GNMA/HUD	$	4,630,452		$	1,478,202
Interim loans (full risk) servicing portfolio	$	9,500		$	—
Capital markets servicing portfolio	$	3,258,355		$	1,895,397
Total servicing portfolio unpaid principal balance	$	36,760,520		$	16,850,945
At risk servicing portfolio (1)	$	14,025,469		$	7,916,564
60+ Day delinquencies, within at risk portfolio	—			6,308
At risk loan balances associated with allowance for risk-sharing obligations	$	134,376		$	141,646
Allowance for risk-sharing obligations:
Beginning balance	$	15,670		$	14,917
Provision for risk-sharing obligations	401			1,224
Net write-offs	—			(1,619		)
Ending balance	$	16,071		$	14,522
60+ Day delinquencies as a percentage of the at risk portfolio	0.00		%	0.08		%
Provision for risk-sharing as a percentage of the at risk portfolio	0.00		%	0.02		%
Allowance for risk-sharing as a percentage of the at risk portfolio	0.11		%	0.18		%
Net write-offs as a percentage of the at risk portfolio	0.00		%	0.02		%
Allowance for risk-sharing as a percentage of the specifically identified at risk balances	11.96		%	10.25		%

(1)At risk servicing portfolio is defined as the balance of Fannie Mae DUS loans subject to the risk-sharing formula described below, as well as a small number of Freddie Mac and GNMA/HUD loans on which we share in the risk of loss. Use of the at risk portfolio provides for comparability of the full risk-sharing and modified risk-sharing loans because the provision and allowance for risk-sharing obligations are based on the at risk balances of the associated loans. Accordingly, we have presented the key statistics as a percentage of the at risk portfolio.

For example, a $15 million loan with 50% risk-sharing has the same potential risk exposure as a $7.5 million loan with full DUS risk-sharing. Accordingly, if the $15 million loan with 50% risk-sharing was to default, the Company would view the overall loss as a percentage of the at risk balance, or $7.5 million, to ensure comparability between all risk-sharing obligations. To date, all of the Company’s risk-sharing obligations that we have settled have been from full risk-sharing loans.

Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing obligations are based on a tiered formula and represent substantially all of our risk-sharing activities.

30

The risk-sharing tiers and amount of the risk-sharing obligations we absorb under full risk-sharing are provided below. Except as described in the following paragraph, the maximum amount of risk-sharing obligations we absorb is 20% of the unpaid principal balance of the loan at the time of default.

Risk-Sharing Tier	Percentage Absorbed by Us
First 5% of unpaid principal balance	100%
Next 20% of unpaid principal balance	25%
Losses Above 25% of unpaid principal balance	10%
Maximum lender loss	20% of unpaid principal balance

Fannie Mae can double or triple our risk-sharing obligation if the loan does not meet specific underwriting criteria or if a loan defaults within 12 months of its sale to Fannie Mae. We may request modified risk-sharing at the time of origination, which reduces our potential risk-sharing obligation from the levels described above.

We use several tools to manage our risk exposure to risk-sharing programs. These tools include maintaining a strong underwriting and approval process, evaluating and modifying our underwriting criteria given the underlying multifamily housing market fundamentals, limiting our geographic market and borrower exposures and electing the modified risk-sharing option under the Fannie Mae DUS program.

We regularly request modified risk-sharing based on such factors as the size of the loan, market conditions and loan pricing. Our current credit management policy is to cap the loan balance subject to full risk-sharing at $60 million. Accordingly, we currently generally elect to use modified risk-sharing for loans of more than $60 million in order to limit our maximum loss on any loan to $12 million. However, we may on occasion elect to originate a loan with full risk sharing even when the loan balance is greater than $60 million if we believe the loan characteristics support such an approach.

A provision for risk-sharing obligations is recorded, and the allowance for risk-sharing obligations is increased, when it is probable that we have incurred risk-sharing obligations. The provisions historically have been for Fannie Mae loans with full risk-sharing. The amount of the provision considers our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower, the value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, the loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent. Our estimates of value are determined considering broker opinions and other sources of market value information relevant to underlying property and collateral. Risk-sharing obligations are written off against the allowance at final settlement with Fannie Mae.

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, $0 and $6.3 million, respectively, of our at risk balances were more than 60 days delinquent. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, our provisions for risk-sharing obligations were $0.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively, or less than one basis point and two basis points of the at risk balance, respectively.

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, our allowance for risk-sharing obligations was $16.1 million and $14.5 million, respectively, or 11 basis points and 18 basis points of the at risk balance, respectively. Our risk-sharing obligation with Fannie Mae requires, in the event of delinquency or default, that we advance principal and interest payments to Fannie Mae on behalf of the borrower. Advances made by us are used to reduce the proceeds required to settle any ultimate loss incurred. As of March 31, 2013, we have advanced $4.5 million of principal and interest payments on the loans associated with our $16.1 million allowance. Accordingly, if the $16.1 million in estimated losses is ultimately realized, the Company would be required to fund an additional $11.6 million.

We have never been required to repurchase a loan.

Off-Balance Sheet Risk

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

New/Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.  The ASU requires enhanced disclosures that will enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with an entity’s recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of the ASU. The FASB issued a subsequent ASU limiting the scope of ASU No. 2011-11 to derivatives, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements.  The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 (and interim periods within those annual periods), with retrospective application required.  The adoption of ASU No. 2011-11 did not have an impact on our financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. ASU No. 2012-02 allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under these

31

amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is not more likely than not, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment.  The ASU is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of ASU No. 2012-02 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In February 2013, The FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. Among other things, an entity is required to present either parenthetically on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification. An entity does not need to show the income statement line item affected for certain components that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, such as amounts amortized into net periodic pension cost. The ASU is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-02 did not have an impact on our financial statements.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

We are not currently exposed to interest rate risk during the loan commitment, closing and delivery process. The sale or placement of each loan to an investor is negotiated prior to closing on the loan with the borrower, and the sale or placement is generally effectuated within 60 days of closing. The interest rate for the loan is set after we have established the interest rate with the investor.

Some of our assets and liabilities are subject to changes in interest rates. The borrowing cost of our warehouse facilities are based on LIBOR. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in the average 30-day LIBOR would decrease or increase, respectively, our annual net warehouse interest income by approximately $1.4 million based on our outstanding warehouse balance as of March 31, 2013. Approximately $78.9 million of our corporate debt is based on the average 30-day LIBOR. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in the average 30-day LIBOR would decrease or increase, respectively, our annual earnings by approximately $0.8 million based on our outstanding corporate debt as of March 31, 2013. Our loans held for investment and associated warehouse borrowings are based on LIBOR, and reset at the same intervals. As a result, any increase or decrease in the average 30-day LIBOR would have an equal and offsetting impact on our interim loan interest income and expense, and no impact on our annual earnings.

The fair value of our MSRs is subject to market risk. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in the weighted average discount rate would decrease or increase, respectively, the fair value of our MSRs by approximately $11.7 million as of March 31, 2013. Our Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac servicing engagements generally provide for prepayment penalties, which we share in, in the event of a voluntary prepayment prior to the expiration of the prepayment protection period. In our servicing contracts with institutional investors and HUD, we do not share in the prepayment penalties.  As of March 31, 2013, 84% of the servicing fees are protected from the risk of prepayment through our sharing in contractual prepayment penalties; hence, we do not hedge our servicing portfolio for prepayment risk.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective. There have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting in the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

PART II

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

There have been no material changes in legal proceedings affecting us and our subsidiaries, except as described below. The discussion of our business and operations should be read together with the legal proceedings contained in Part I, Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” in our 2012 Form 10-K.

Capital Funding Litigation—Previously, after the initial case was dismissed without prejudice, Capital Funding filed an amended complaint. In November 2011, the Circuit Court of Montgomery County rejected our motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On July 19, 2011, the Circuit Court for Montgomery County, Maryland issued an order granting the defendants’ motion to dismiss the case, without prejudice. After the initial case was dismissed without prejudice, Capital Funding filed an amended complaint. In November 2011, the Circuit Court of Montgomery County rejected the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint. Capital Funding filed a Second Amended

32

Complaint that did not alter the claims at issue but revised their alleged damages. Defendants moved for summary judgment on all claims, including two counts of breach of contract, two counts of promissory estoppel, two counts of unjust enrichment, and two counts of unfair competition.  On April 30, 2013, the Court issued an Opinion and Order which granted the motion as to the promissory estoppel counts and one count of unjust enrichment.  The court denied the motion as to all remaining claims. Fact discovery in the case has concluded, and a trial is scheduled to begin on the remaining claims on July 8, 2013.

As a result of an indemnification arrangement, our loss exposure is limited to $3.0 million.

We cannot predict the outcome of any pending litigation and may be subject to consequences that could include fines, penalties and other costs, and our reputation and business may be impacted. Our management believes that any liability that could be imposed on us in connection with the disposition of any pending lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

In the normal course of business, we may be party to various claims and litigation.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We have included in Part I, Item 1A of our 2012 Form 10-K descriptions of certain risks and uncertainties that could affect our business, future performance or financial condition (the “Risk Factors”). Except as described below, there have been no material changes from the disclosures provided in the 2012 Form 10-K with respect to the Risk Factors. Investors should consider the Risk Factors prior to making an investment decision with respect to the Company’s stock.

Our business is significantly affected by general business, economic and market conditions and cycles, particularly in the multifamily and commercial real estate industry, including changes in government fiscal, monetary and budgetary policies, and, accordingly, we could be materially harmed in the event of a continued market downturn or changes in government policies.

We are sensitive to general business, economic and market conditions and cycles, particularly in the multifamily and commercial real estate industry. These conditions include changes in short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation and deflation, fluctuations in the real estate and debt capital markets and developments in national and local economies, unemployment rates, commercial property vacancy rates, and rental rates. Any sustained period of weakness or weakening business or economic conditions in the markets in which we do business or in related markets could result in a decrease in the demand for our loans and services, which could materially harm us. In addition, the number of borrowers who become delinquent, become subject to bankruptcy laws or default on their loans could increase, resulting in a decrease in the value of our MSRs and servicer advances and higher levels of loss on our Fannie Mae loans for which we share risk of loss, and could materially and adversely affect us.

 We also are significantly affected by the fiscal, monetary and budgetary policies of the U.S. government and its agencies. We are particularly affected by the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. The Federal Reserve’s policies affect interest rates, which have a significant impact on the demand for commercial real estate loans. Significant fluctuations in interest rates as well as protracted periods of increases or decreases in interest rates could adversely affect the operation and income of multifamily and other commercial real estate properties, as well as the demand from investors for commercial real estate debt in the secondary market. In particular, higher interest rates tend to decrease the number of loans originated. An increase in interest rates could cause refinancing of existing loans to become less attractive and qualifying for a loan to become more difficult. Budgetary policies also impact our ability to originate loans, particularly if it has a negative impact on the ability of GSEs and HUD to do business with us.  Changes in fiscal, monetary and budgetary policies are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could materially and adversely affect us. In particular, the continuing Congressional budget impasse has had and may continue to have a negative impact on our HUD originations.  For example, in April of 2013, HUD announced that the allocation from the Federal government to fund multifamily originations may be insufficient to meet all requests through the end of its fiscal year if volumes for the first half of its fiscal year continued through the second half of the fiscal year. We cannot predict when and how the budget impasse will be resolved, and how we will continue to be affected.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, subject to the Company’s approval, grantees have the option of electing to satisfy minimum tax withholding obligations at the time of vesting or exercise by allowing the Company to withhold and purchase the shares of stock otherwise issuable to the grantee. In March 2013, we repurchased and retired 16,049 shares of restricted stock at market prices, upon grantee vesting. The following table provides information regarding common stock repurchases for the quarter ended March 31, 2013:

33

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased
January 1 - 31, 2013	—	—		—	N/A
February 1 - 28, 2013	—	—		—	N/A
March 1 - 31, 2013	16,049	$	18.20	16,049	N/A
	16,049			16,049

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

None.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5. Other Information

None.

Item 6. Exhibits

(a) Exhibits:

2.1	Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and among Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, William M. Walker, Taylor Walker, Richard C. Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Edward B. Hermes, Deborah A. Wilson and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on December 1, 2010)
2.2	Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, between Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on December 1, 2010)
2.3	Amendment No. 1 to Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2010, by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Column Guaranteed LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to Amendment No. 6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on December 13, 2010)
2.4	Purchase Agreement, dated June 7, 2012, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, CW Financial Services LLC and CWCapital LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012)
3.1	Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on December 1, 2010)
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2012)
4.1	Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on September 30, 2010)
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 20, 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Mallory Walker, Taylor Walker, William M. Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, Richard C. Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Ted Hermes, Deborah A. Wilson and Column Guaranteed LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2010)
4.3	Stockholders Agreement, dated December 20, 2010, by and among William M. Walker, Mallory Walker, Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2010)
4.4	Piggy Back Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 7, 2012, by and among Column Guaranteed, LLC, William M. Walker, Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, Deborah A. Wilson, Richard C. Warner, CW Financial Services LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2012)
4.5	Voting Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2012, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Mallory Walker, William M. Walker, Richard Warner, Deborah Wilson, Richard M. Lucas, and Howard W. Smith, III, and CW Financial Services LLC

34

		(incorporated by reference to Annex C of the Company’s proxy statement filed on July 26, 2012)
4.6		Voting Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2012, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Column Guaranteed, LLC and CW Financial Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Annex D of the Company’s proxy statement filed on July 26, 2012)
10.1	†	Employment Agreement, dated March 3, 2013 between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Stephen P. Theobald (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 4, 2013)
10.2	†	Indemnification Agreement, dated March 3, 2013, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Stephen P. Theobald (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2013)
10.3	*†	Performance Stock Unit Agreement
10.4		Modification Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., as borrower, and Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, and Walker & Dunlop Capital, LLC, as guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2013)
10.5		Second Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as credit agent and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2013)
10.6		Fifth Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2013, by and between Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as borrower, and PNC Bank, National Association, as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 29, 2013)
10.7	*†	Management Deferred Stock Unit Purchase Plan
10.8	*†	Management Deferred Stock Unit Purchase Matching Program
10.9	†	Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (Matching Program) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2013)
10.10	†	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award (Matching Program) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2013)
10.11	†	Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (Purchase Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2013)
10.12	*	Sixth Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2013, by and between Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as borrower, and PNC Bank, National Association, as lender
10.13	*	First Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2013, by and among W&D Interim lender II LLC, as borrower, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., as guarantor and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the lenders party hereto
10.14	*	Second Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2013, by and among W&D Interim lender II LLC, as borrower, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., as guarantor and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the lenders party hereto
10.15	*	Third Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2013, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as credit agent and the lenders party thereto
31.1	*	Certification of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	*	Certification of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32	*	Certification of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.1	#	XBRL Instance Document
101.2	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.3	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.4	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.5	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.6	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*: Filed herewith.

#: Furnished, not filed.

†: Denotes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

35

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date: May 9, 2013	By:	/s/ William M. Walker
		William M. Walker
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
	By:	/s/ Stephen P. Theobald
		Stephen P. Theobald
		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

36

Exhibit Index

2.1		Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and among Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, William M. Walker, Taylor Walker, Richard C. Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Edward B. Hermes, Deborah A. Wilson and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on December 1, 2010)
2.2		Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, between Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on December 1, 2010)
2.3		Amendment No. 1 to Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2010, by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Column Guaranteed LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to Amendment No. 6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on December 13, 2010)
2.4		Purchase Agreement, dated June 7, 2012, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, CW Financial Services LLC and CWCapital LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012)
3.1		Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on December 1, 2010)
3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2012)
4.1		Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-168535) filed on September 30, 2010)
4.2		Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 20, 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Mallory Walker, Taylor Walker, William M. Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, Richard C. Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Ted Hermes, Deborah A. Wilson and Column Guaranteed LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2010)
4.3		Stockholders Agreement, dated December 20, 2010, by and among William M. Walker, Mallory Walker, Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2010)
4.4		Piggy Back Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 7, 2012, by and among Column Guaranteed, LLC, William M. Walker, Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, Deborah A. Wilson, Richard C. Warner, CW Financial Services LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2012)
4.5		Voting Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2012, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Mallory Walker, William M. Walker, Richard Warner, Deborah Wilson, Richard M. Lucas, and Howard W. Smith, III, and CW Financial Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Annex C of the Company’s proxy statement filed on July 26, 2012)
4.6		Voting Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2012, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Column Guaranteed, LLC and CW Financial Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Annex D of the Company’s proxy statement filed on July 26, 2012)
10.1	†	Employment Agreement, dated March 3, 2013 between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Stephen P. Theobald (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 4, 2013)
10.2	†	Indemnification Agreement, dated March 3, 2013, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Stephen P. Theobald (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2013)
10.3	*†	Performance Stock Unit Agreement
10.4		Modification Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., as borrower, and Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, and Walker & Dunlop Capital, LLC, as guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2013)
10.5		Second Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as credit agent and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2013)
10.6		Fifth Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2013, by and between Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as borrower, and PNC Bank, National Association, as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 29, 2013)
10.7	*†	Management Deferred Stock Unit Purchase Plan
10.8	*†	Management Deferred Stock Unit Purchase Matching Program
10.9	†	Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (Matching Program) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2013)
10.10	†	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award (Matching Program) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2013)
10.11	†	Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (Purchase Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2013)

37

10.12	*	Sixth Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2013, by and between Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as borrower, and PNC Bank, National Association, as lender
10.13	*	First Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2013, by and among W&D Interim lender II LLC, as borrower, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., as guarantor and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the lenders party hereto
10.14	*	Second Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2013, by and among W&D Interim lender II LLC, as borrower, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., as guarantor and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the lenders party hereto
10.15	*	Third Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2013, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as credit agent and the lenders party thereto
31.1	*	Certification of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	*	Certification of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32	*	Certification of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.1	#	XBRL Instance Document
101.2	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.3	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.4	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.5	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.6	#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*: Filed herewith.

#: Furnished, not filed.

†: Denotes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

38

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants performance stock units relating to shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) to the Participant named below, subject to the achievement of performance goals and vesting conditions set forth in the attached Performance Stock Unit Agreement (the “Agreement”). Additional terms and conditions of the grant are set forth on this cover sheet to the Agreement and in the Agreement and the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “2010 Plan”).

Participant Name:

Grant Date:

Threshold Number of Performance Stock Units:

Target Number of Performance Stock Units:

Maximum Number of Performance Stock Units:

By your signature below, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in the Agreement and in the 2010 Plan, copies of which will be provided on request. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the 2010 Plan, and agree that the 2010 Plan will control in the event any provision of this cover sheet or Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

Participant:		Date:
	(Signature)
Company:		Date:
	(Signature)
Title:

Attachment

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Performance Stock Units	This Agreement evidences an award of performance stock units in the number set forth on the cover sheet and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and the 2010 Plan (the “Performance Stock Units”). Subject to satisfaction of the time-based vesting requirement set forth below, the number of shares of Stock, if any, that may be issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will be calculated based on the attainment, as determined by the Committee, of the performance goals described in Exhibit A to this Agreement (the “Performance Goals”) over the period beginning on                        and ending on                        (the “Performance Period”), which number of shares of Stock may be equal to all or a portion, including none, of the Maximum Number of Performance Stock Units set forth on the cover sheet. If the Performance Goals are not achieved during the Performance Period, you will forfeit all of your unvested Performance Stock Units as of the end of the Performance Period, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.
Performance Stock Unit Transferability	Your Performance Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Performance Stock Units be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. If you attempt to do any of these things, you will immediately forfeit your Performance Stock Units.
Vesting	Your Performance Stock Units will vest on the date the Committee certifies the achievement of the Performance Goals following the close of the Performance Period (the “Certification Date”), and subject to your continued Service from the Grant Date through the Certification Date, but only to the extent that the Performance Goals have been satisfied. Promptly following the completion of the Performance Period (and no later than 75 days following the end of the Performance Period), the Committee will review and certify in writing (i) whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved, and (ii) the number of Performance Stock Units that will vest. Such certification will be final, conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to adjust the number of Performance Stock Units that will vest based on the achievement of the Performance Goals downward, including to zero, in its sole discretion. You will forfeit to the Company all of the unvested Performance Stock Units to the extent the specified Performance Goals have not been achieved, as determined by the Committee, effective as of the Certification Date.
Vesting upon Termination of Service	Death or Disability. If your Service terminates during the Performance Period as a result of your death or Disability, your Performance Stock Units will vest as to the Target Number of Performance Stock Units set forth on the cover sheet on the effective date of your termination of Service. If your Service terminates following the end of the Performance Period but prior to the Certification Date, your Performance Stock Units will vest to the extent that

2

the Performance Goals have been satisfied as if your Service had not terminated, effective as of the Certification Date. Termination without Cause or for Good Reason. If your Service terminates prior to the Certification Date because of your involuntary termination of Service by the Company without Cause or your voluntary termination for Good Reason (as defined below), you will vest in a pro rata portion of the Performance Stock Units that vest to the extent that the Performance Goals have been satisfied as if your Service had not terminated, which pro rata portion will be calculated by multiplying the total number of the Performance Stock Units that vest based on actual performance by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of days that you provided Service during the Performance Period and the denominator of which equals the total number of days in the Performance Period, effective as of the Certification Date. Other Terminations. If, prior to the Certification Date, you incur a termination of Service for any reason other than those specified above, whether voluntary or involuntary and prior to a Change in Control, you will forfeit to the Company all of the unvested Performance Stock Units on the date of your termination of Service. For purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise provided in an applicable agreement with the Company, “Good Reason” for termination will mean, without your consent: (i) the assignment to you of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with your position at the Company, or any other action by the Company that results in a substantial diminution of your duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction that is remedied by the Company within 30 days of receipt of written notice thereof from you; (ii) a requirement that you work principally from a location that is 35 miles further from your residence than your principal place of employment as of the Date of Grant; (iii) a ten percent or greater reduction in your aggregate base salary and other compensation (including any target bonus amount and/or retirement plan, welfare plans and fringe benefits) taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets; or (iv) any material breach by the Company of your employment agreement, if any. Good Reason will not exist pursuant to any subsection in the foregoing sentence unless (A) you have delivered written notice to the Company within 90 days of the occurrence of the event constituting Good Reason, and (B) the Company fails to remedy the circumstances giving rise to your notice within 30 days of receipt of notice. In addition, you must terminate your employment for Good Reason at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within 150 days from the occurrence of the event constituting Good Reason. For purposes of Good Reason, the Company will be defined to include any successor to the Company that has assumed the obligations of the Company through merger, acquisition, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise.

Change in Control

Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, upon the consummation of a Change in Control during the Performance Period, you will vest in a number of Performance Stock Units equal to the greater of (i) the number of Performance Stock Units that would vest based on pro rata actual performance of the Performance Goals as of a date reasonably proximal to the date of the

3

	consummation of the Change in Control, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and that level of performance will be treated as achieved immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (ii) the Target Number of Performance Stock Units set forth on the cover sheet. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company achieves Return on Equity (as defined below) during the Performance Period of [          ], as of a date reasonably proximal to the date of the consummation of the Change in Control, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, the Maximum Number of Performance Stock Units will vest. For purposes of this agreement “Return on Equity” means the Company’s net income, as reported in the Company’s audited financial statements, divided by the average common stockholders’ equity, determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Net income and average common stockholders’ equity will be adjusted to exclude any amounts that are generally required to be reported separately under U.S. GAAP as Extraordinary Items (as described in Exhibit A).
Delivery	Delivery of the shares of Stock represented by your vested Performance Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date on which your Performance Stock Units vest and, in any event, by no later than March 15th of the calendar year after your Performance Stock Units vest.
Evidence of Issuance	The issuance of the shares of Stock with respect to the Performance Stock Units will be evidenced in such a manner as the Company, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry, registration or issuance of one or more share certificates.
Withholding	In the event that the Company or an Affiliate determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to this grant of Performance Stock Units, or the issuance of shares of Stock with respect to this grant, the Company or an Affiliate will have the right to (i) require you to tender a cash payment, (ii) deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to you, (iii) permit or require you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with the Performance Stock Units to satisfy withholding obligations and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the withholding obligations directly to the Company or an Affiliate, or (iv) withhold the delivery of vested shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under this Agreement to meet such obligations; provided that the shares of Stock so withheld will have an aggregate Fair Market Value not exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by applicable law.
Notice and Non-Solicitation	The following notice and non-solicitation provisions will apply to you unless you have entered into an applicable employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate that has more restrictive notice and non-solicitation provisions (in which case, the more restrictive provisions in such employment agreement will apply).

4

	You agree as a condition of this grant that in the event you decide to leave the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, you will provide the Company or the Affiliate with 30 days’ prior notice of your departure (during which period, in the Company’s or its Affiliate’s sole discretion, you may be placed on paid leave) and you will not commence employment with anyone else during that period. For a period of 90 days following the termination of your employment for any reason, you will not directly or indirectly solicit any employees of the Company or its Affiliates for employment, or encourage any employee to leave the Company or an Affiliate.
Retention Rights	This Agreement and the grant of Performance Stock Units evidenced by this Agreement do not give you the right to be retained by the Company or any Affiliate in any capacity. Unless otherwise specified in an employment or other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, and you, the Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, reserves the right to terminate your service with the Company or an Affiliate at any time and for any reason.
Stockholder Rights	You do not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Performance Stock Units unless and until the Stock relating to the Performance Stock Units has been delivered to you.
Clawback	The Performance Stock Units are subject to mandatory repayment by you to the Company to the extent you are or in the future become subject to any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by you to the Company of compensation paid by the Company to you in the event that you fail to comply with, or violate, the terms or requirements of such policy. If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and you are subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or you knowingly engaged in the misconduct, were grossly negligent in engaging in the misconduct, knowingly failed to prevent the misconduct or were grossly negligent in failing to prevent the misconduct, you will reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of the Performance Stock Units earned or accrued during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document that contained such material noncompliance.
Applicable Law	This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Maryland, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.
The 2010 Plan	The text of the 2010 Plan is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the 2010 Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the 2010 Plan.

5

	This Agreement and the 2010 Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this grant of Performance Stock Units. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this grant are superseded.
Data Privacy	To administer the 2010 Plan, the Company may process personal data about you. Such data includes, but is not limited to, information provided in this Agreement and any changes to such information, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as your contact information, payroll information and any other information that might be deemed appropriate by the Company to facilitate the administration of the 2010 Plan. By accepting this grant, you give explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data.
Disclaimer of Rights	The grant of Performance Stock Units under this Agreement will in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to you. You will have no rights under this Agreement or the 2010 Plan other than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. Performance Stock Units represent unfunded and unsecured obligations of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2010 Plan and this Agreement.
Code Section 409A	The grant of Performance Stock Units under this Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement will be interpreted and administered to be in compliance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 2010 Plan or this Agreement, neither the Company, its Affiliates, the Board nor the Committee will have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on you under Section 409A and neither the Company, its Affiliates, the Board nor the Committee will have any liability to you for such tax or penalty. To the extent that the Performance Share Units constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, a termination of Service occurs only upon an event that would be a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. If, at the time of your separation from service, (1) you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, and (2) the Company makes a good faith determination that an amount payable on account of your separation from service constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A), the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A (the “Delay Period”), then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it in a lump sum on the first business day after the Delay Period (or upon your death, if earlier), without interest. Each installment of Performance Share Units that vest under this Agreement (if there is more than one installment) will be considered one of a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A.

By signing this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the 2010 Plan.

6

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

MANAGEMENT DEFERRED STOCK UNIT PURCHASE PLAN

1.INTRODUCTION

(a)Adoption of the Plan. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “Company”) adopted the Company’s Management Deferred Stock Unit Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) effective January 10, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) to facilitate the purchase of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) by eligible executives of the Company and its Affiliates. “Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company, any company or other trade or business that contracts, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Regulation 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)Overview of the Plan. Eligible executives are given the opportunity to purchase shares of Stock with a portion of their annual incentive bonus (the “Bonus”). Delivery of the Stock is delayed to the payment date elected by the eligible executives, as further described below, but the executive’s right to receive the Stock is fully vested and non-forfeitable. It is intended that the portion of the Bonus used to purchase Stock would not be taxable for income tax purposes when the purchase is made. Instead, income taxation would be deferred to the date of delivery of the Stock, as elected by the executive. Each eligible executive who makes a purchase would therefore receive Deferred Stock Units (as defined below) in lieu of a portion of his or her Bonus. Each “Deferred Stock Unit” is a right to receive one share of Stock, which provides for delivery of the underlying share of Stock at a future date consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and all regulations, guidance and other interpretive authority issued thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”).

(c)Summary. This document is the Plan document and part of the prospectus for the Plan. The Plan is first applicable with respect to Bonuses to be earned for calendar year 2013.

(d)Applicable Law. The Plan is not a qualified retirement plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and it is not subject to any provision of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

2.ADMINISTRATION; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

(a)The Committee. The Plan will be administered under the supervision of the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”). The Committee will prescribe guidelines and forms for the implementation and administration of the Plan, interpret the terms of the Plan and make all other substantive decisions regarding the operation of the Plan. The Committee’s decisions in its administration of the Plan are conclusive and binding on all persons.

(b)Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason. No amendment, suspension or termination will, without the consent of the Participant (as defined below), impair rights or obligations under any Deferred Stock Units previously awarded to the Participant under the Plan.

3.PARTICIPATION

An employee of the Company or an Affiliate is eligible to participate in the Plan if (a) the employee is designated as an “officer” for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or (b) the employee is both (i) a member of a select group of management or a highly

1

compensated employee under Section 201 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and (ii) designated by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer as eligible to participate in the Plan. An eligible executive of the Company or an Affiliate becomes a participant in the Plan (a “Participant”) if the Company notifies the executive of his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan and the executive properly files a completed Bonus Deferral Election Agreement (the “Election Agreement”) with the Company, in a form prescribed by the Committee, during the Open Enrollment Period (as defined below). For purposes of the Plan, “Open Enrollment Period” means (A) for calendar year 2013, the period of time beginning on February 1, 2013 and ending on February 28, 2013 and (B) for calendar years after 2013, the period of time beginning on December 1 and ending on December 31 of the calendar year preceding the calendar year for which a Bonus is earned. The “Election Date” is the last day of the Open Enrollment Period of the applicable calendar year.

4.SHARE RESERVE

(a)Number of Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan is 530,000.  Shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan will be shares acquired on the open market or newly issued shares of the Company.

(b)Changes in Stock. If the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of stock or other securities of the Company on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split, combination of stock, exchange of stock, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective Date, the Committee will make appropriate adjustments to (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock for which Deferred Stock Units may be granted under the Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock for which Deferred Stock Units are outstanding; and (iii) the number of Deferred Stock Units credited to each Participant’s Account (as defined below).

5.DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

(a)Deferrals. Each Participant may voluntarily elect to receive up to 75% of his or her Bonus in Deferred Stock Units, subject to any conditions and limitations the Committee determines. The Participant will make the election to receive a portion of his or her Bonus in Deferred Stock Units by filing a completed Election Agreement on or before the Election Date of the calendar year for which a Bonus is earned. A Participant’s election to defer a portion of his or her Bonus and receive Deferred Stock Units is irrevocable and may not be changed.

(b)New Participants. If the Participant was not previously eligible to participate in the Plan or any plan that must be aggregated with the Plan for purposes of Section 409A, the Participant may elect to defer a portion of his or her Bonus for the calendar year. The Participant’s initial Election Agreement must be filed with the Company within 30 days after the date on which the Participant is notified that he or she is eligible to participate in the Plan. The initial deferral election will be, for the remainder of the then-current calendar year, prorated based on the number of days remaining in the calendar year after the date the Election Agreement is filed with the Company, compared to the total number of days in the calendar year.

6.AWARD OF DEFERRED STOCK UNITS

(a)Crediting Participant Accounts. On the date that the Bonus is paid (the “Award Date”), the Company will credit a bookkeeping account established and maintained for each Participant (an

2

“Account”) with the number of Deferred Stock Units determined by dividing (i) the portion of the Bonus that the Participant elected to defer (not to exceed 75% of such Bonus), by (ii) the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of a share of Stock on such date. For purposes of the Plan, “Fair Market Value” will be determined under the same methodology reflected in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “2010 Plan”).

(b)Fractional Shares. No fractional Deferred Stock Units will be credited to a Participant’s Account. Unused cash attributable to a fractional Deferred Stock Unit will be refunded to the Participant, in cash, as soon as practicable following the Award Date.

(c)Vesting of Deferred Stock Units. A Participant will be fully vested in each Deferred Stock Unit credited to the Participant’s Account at all times.

(d)Distribution Election; Issuance of Shares. Each Participant may specify a distribution date with respect to the Deferred Stock Units (the “Distribution Date”). The election of such Distribution Date will be specified in the Election Agreement with the Company. Any election of a Distribution Date with respect to the Deferred Stock Units is irrevocable as of the Election Date. The Distribution Date specified in the Election Agreement will be either:

(i)January 31 of the year immediately following the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” from the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, within the meaning of Section 409A (the “Separation from Service” and this election, the “Termination Date Election”);

(ii)the first to occur of the following: (A) March 15 of the third calendar year following the Award Date and (B) January 31 of the year immediately following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (this election, the “Vesting Date Election”); or

(iii)the first to occur of the following: (A) January 31 of the fifth or tenth, as elected by the Participant, calendar year after the Award Date and (B) January 31 of the year immediately following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (this election, the “Deferred Distribution Date Election”).

The Company will issue to the Participant one share of Stock for each Deferred Stock Unit on the Distribution Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, if on the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, the shares will be issued on the later to occur of (A) the scheduled Distribution Date and (B) the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death.

(e)Change in Control.

(i)The Plan and Deferred Stock Units that are outstanding will continue in the manner and under the terms so provided in the event of any Change in Control (as defined below) to the extent that provision is made in writing in connection with such Change in Control for the assumption or continuation of the Deferred Stock Units or for the substitution for the Deferred Stock Units for new common stock units relating to the stock of a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number of shares underlying the award (disregarding any consideration that is not common stock).

3

(ii)Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) in which outstanding Deferred Stock Units are not being assumed or continued, shares of Stock subject to such Deferred Stock Units will be delivered immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in Control.

For purposes of the Plan, “Change in Control” will have the same meaning as defined in the 2010 Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the Plan, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if the transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(f)Award Agreements. Each award of Deferred Stock Units granted under the Plan will be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Participant memorializing the terms and conditions of the Deferred Stock Units (an “Award Agreement”).

7.ISSUANCE OF SHARES OF STOCK DUE TO UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY

(a)Request for Issuance. If a Participant suffers an Unforeseeable Emergency (as defined below), he or she may submit a written request to the Committee for the issuance of the shares of Stock underlying the Deferred Stock Units in the Participant’s Account. For purposes of the Plan, “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from (i) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or the Participant’s dependent; (ii) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or (iii) such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b)No Payment if Other Relief is Available. The Committee will evaluate the Participant’s request for payment due to an Unforeseeable Emergency taking into account the Participant’s and the requirements of Section 409A. In no event will shares of Stock be issued under this Section 7 to the extent the Participant’s hardship can be relieved: (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise; or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent that liquidation of the Participant’s assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship.

(c)Limitation on Issuance of Shares of Stock. The number of shares of Stock issued on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency will not exceed the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the Participant’s financial need, including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, local or foreign taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the issuance of shares of Stock, as determined by the Committee.

(d)Cancellation of Deferrals. If a Participant receives an issuance of shares of Stock on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant’s Election Agreement for the Election Date in the same calendar year as the date of such issuance will be cancelled and no deferrals will be made with respect to such Election Agreement.

8.BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

In the event of a Participant’s death, the Company will issue the shares of Stock underlying the Deferred Stock Units in the Participant’s Account to the Participant’s designated beneficiaries. If the  Participant fails to complete a valid beneficiary designation, the Participant’s beneficiary will be his or her estate.

4

9.TRANSFERABILITY

During a Participant’s lifetime, any issuance of shares of Stock under the Plan will be made only to the Participant. Deferred Stock Units may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Deferred Stock Units be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

10.WITHHOLDING

In the event that the Company or an Affiliate determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the award of Deferred Stock Units under the Plan or the issuance of shares with respect to Deferred Stock Units under the Plan, the Company or an Affiliate will have the right to (a) require the Participant to tender a cash payment; (b) deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Participant; (c) permit or require the Participant to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to sell a portion of the shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with the Deferred Stock Units to satisfy withholding obligations and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the withholding obligations directly to the Company or an Affiliate; or (d) withhold the delivery of shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to a Participant under the Plan to meet such obligations; provided, that shares of Stock so withheld will have an aggregate Fair Market Value not exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by applicable law.

11.FORFEITURE; RECOUPMENT; CLAWBACK

(a)The Committee may reserve the right in an Award Agreement to cause a forfeiture of the gain realized by a Participant with respect to Deferred Stock Units on account of actions taken by, or failed to be taken by, the Participant in violation or breach of or in conflict with any (i) employment agreement, (ii) non-competition agreement, (iii) agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate, (iv) confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or an Affiliate, (v) Company policy or procedure, (vi) other agreement, or (vii) any other obligation of the Participant to the Company or any Affiliate, as and to the extent specified in the Award Agreement. The Committee may annul an outstanding award of Deferred Stock Units if the Participant is terminated for Cause (as defined below) or for “cause” as defined in any other agreement between the Company and the Participant, as applicable. For purposes of the Plan, “Cause” means as determined by the Committee or the Board and unless otherwise provided in an applicable agreement with the Company or any Affiliate, (A) gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of duties; (B) conviction of a criminal offense (other than minor traffic offenses); (c) a material violation of a Company policy; or (D) a material breach of any term of any employment, consulting or other services, confidentiality, intellectual property or non-competition agreements, if any, between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate.

(b)Any award of Deferred Stock Units granted under the Plan will be subject to mandatory repayment by the Participant to the Company to the extent the Participant is, or in the future becomes, subject to (i) any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that is adopted to comply with the requirements of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or otherwise; or (ii) any law, rule or regulation that imposes mandatory recoupment, under circumstances set forth in such law, rule or regulation.

(c)If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under

5

the securities laws, the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any Participant who knowingly engaged in the misconduct, was grossly negligent in engaging in the misconduct, knowingly failed to prevent the misconduct or was grossly negligent in failing to prevent the misconduct, will reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of an award of Deferred Stock Units earned or accrued during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document that contained such material noncompliance.

(d)Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any provision of any Award Agreement, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement, then Participants will forfeit any Stock received in connection with an award of Deferred Stock Units (or an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Stock on the date of delivery if the Participant no longer holds the shares of Stock) if pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement for such award of Deferred Stock Units, the Bonus used to purchase Deferred Stock Units was explicitly based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals set forth in the bonus plan governing the Bonus (including earnings, gains, or other criteria) that are later determined, as a result of the accounting restatement, not to have been achieved.

12.GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a)Requirements of Law. The Company will not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock with respect to Deferred Stock Units if the sale or issuance of such shares of Stock would constitute a violation by the Participant, any other individual or entity, or the Company or any Affiliate of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. If at any time the Company determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares of Stock with respect to any Deferred Stock Unit upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares of Stock under the Plan, no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the Participant or any other individual or entity with respect to such Deferred Stock Units unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company may, but will in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered by the Plan pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company is not obligated to take any affirmative action to cause the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority.

(b)No Right to Continued Service. No provision in the Plan, any Award Agreement or in any Election Agreement will be construed to confer upon any individual or entity the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Company or any Affiliate either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual or entity at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual or entity and the Company or any Affiliate.

(c)Disclaimer of Rights. The obligation of the Company to pay any benefits pursuant to this Plan will be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described in the Plan, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed in the Plan. The Plan and the award of Deferred Stock Units under the Plan will in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any Participant or beneficiary under the Plan. Participants in the Plan will have no rights under the Plan other than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. Deferred Stock Units represent unfunded and unsecured obligations of the

6

Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement and the Election Agreement.

(d)No Obligation to Minimize Taxes. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Deferred Stock Unit award under the Plan and makes no guarantee regarding the tax treatment of any such Deferred Stock Unit award.

(e)Other Provisions. Each award of Deferred Stock Units under the Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, and specifies in the applicable Award Agreement.

(f)Severability. If any provision of the Plan, any Award Agreement or any Election Agreement is determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of the Plan, the Award Agreement and the Election Agreement will be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions will remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

(g)Governing Law. The validity and construction of the Plan and the instruments evidencing the award of Deferred Stock Units granted under the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan and the instruments evidencing the award of Deferred Stock Units granted under the Plan to the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

(h)Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan will be interpreted and administered to be in compliance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, neither the Company, its Affiliates, the Board nor the Committee will have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A and neither the Company, its Affiliates, the Board nor the Committee will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.

7

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

MANAGEMENT DEFERRED STOCK UNIT PURCHASE MATCHING PROGRAM

1.INTRODUCTION

(a)Adoption of the Program. The Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “Company”) adopted the Company’s Management Deferred Stock Unit Purchase Matching Program (the “Program”) effective January 10, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) to make matching awards covering shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) in connection with stock purchases made by eligible executives and its Affiliates under the Walker & Dunlop, Inc. Management Deferred Stock Unit Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). The Program is established under the Walker & Dunlop, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or any successor plan (the “2010 Plan”). Unless otherwise defined in the Program, capitalized terms will have the meanings set forth in the 2010 Plan.

(b)Purpose of the Program. Eligible executives who purchase shares of Stock under the Purchase Plan will automatically receive an award of Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units under the Program (as described in Section 4(f)). A “Restricted Stock Unit” is a right to receive one share of Stock subject to terms and conditions, such as a time-based vesting condition. A “Deferred Stock Unit” is a right to receive one share of Stock, which provides for delivery of the underlying share of Stock after the date of vesting, at a time or times consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance and other interpretive authority issued thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”). Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units are referred to together as “Stock Units.”

2.ADMINISTRATION; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

(a)The Committee. The Program will be administered under the supervision of the Committee. The Committee will prescribe guidelines and forms for the implementation and administration of the Program, interpret the terms of the Program and make all other substantive decisions regarding the operation of the Program. The Committee’s decisions in its administration of the Program are conclusive and binding on all persons.

(b)Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Program at any time and for any reason. No amendment, suspension or termination will, without the consent of the Participant (as defined below), impair rights or obligations under any Deferred Stock Units previously awarded to the Participant under the Program.

3.PARTICIPATION

Each executive of the Company and its Affiliates who is a Participant in the Purchase Plan will be a participant in the Program (the “Participant”) and will also be a Grantee under the 2010 Plan with respect to the award of Stock Units under the Program.

4.PROGRAM AWARDS

(a)Matching Award. Subject to Section 4(b), each Participant will automatically receive an award of Stock Units equal to 50% of the deferred stock units purchased by the Participant under the Purchase Plan, rounded down to the nearest whole Stock Unit (the “Matching Award”). The Matching Award will be determined on the date that the Participant’s annual incentive bonus (the “Bonus”) is paid

1

(the “Award Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of Stock Units with respect to a Matching Award that a Participant will receive on an Award Date equals $500,000 divided by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Award Date, rounded down to the nearest whole share. The Stock Units granted with respect to the Matching Award will be credited to a bookkeeping account established and maintained for the Participant (an “Account”).

(b)Condition to Receipt of Matching Award. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Program, in the event that the Participant’s actual Bonus is less than 51% of such Participant’s target bonus for a calendar year under the applicable incentive arrangement with the Company or any Affiliate, the Participant will not receive a Matching Award with respect to such calendar year.

(c)Vesting of the Matching Award; Forfeiture. Subject to the Participant’s continued Service from the Award Date through the vesting date, the Matching Award will vest in full on March 15 of the third calendar year following the Award Date (the “Vesting Date”).The Participant will automatically forfeit to the Company all of the unvested Stock Units in his or her Account underlying Matching Awards made to the Participant under the Program on the date of the Participant’s termination of Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, the Stock Units will become 100% vested upon the termination of the Participant’s Service due to the Participant’s death or Disability. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule and provided that the Participant’s Service continues from the Award Date through the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 4(g)), the Stock Units will become 100% vested (i) if the Stock Units are not assumed, or equivalent awards are not substituted for the Stock Units, by the Company or its successor, or (ii) if assumed or substituted for, upon the Participant’s involuntary dismissal by the Company or its successor for reasons other than Cause, or the Participant’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason (as defined below), provided that such termination is effective within 24 months following the Change in Control. For purposes of the Program, “Good Reason” will have the meaning assigned to such term in any applicable employment or severance agreement, plan or arrangement between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant, or if none, means the occurrence of one or more of the following without the Participant’s express written consent: (A) the assignment of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Participant’s position at the Company or an Affiliate, or any other action by the Company or an Affiliate that results in a substantial diminution of the Participant’s duties or responsibilities; (B) a requirement that the Participant work principally from a location outside the 20 mile radius from the Company’s or the Affiliate’s principal place of business; or (C) a substantial reduction in the Participant’s aggregate base salary and other compensation taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets. To qualify as a voluntary resignation for “Good Reason” the Participant must (I) provide notice to the Company or the Affiliate of any of the foregoing occurrences within 90 days of the initial occurrence and the Company or the Affiliate will have 30 days to remedy such occurrence, and (II) terminate the Participant’s Service at a time agreed reasonably with the Company or the Affiliate, but in any event within 120 days from the initial occurrence of any of the foregoing events.

(d)Election. In connection with the Participant’s purchase of deferred stock units under the Purchase Plan, each Participant will file a completed Bonus Deferral Election Agreement (the “Election Agreement”) with the Company, in a form prescribed by the Committee, during the Open Enrollment Period (as defined below). For purposes of the Program, “Open Enrollment Period” means (i) for calendar year 2013, the period of time beginning on February 1, 2013 and ending on February 28, 2013 and (B) for calendar years after 2013, the period of time beginning on December 1 and ending on December 31 of the calendar year preceding the calendar year for which a Bonus is earned. The “Election Date” is the last day of the Open Enrollment Period of the applicable calendar year.

(e)Distribution Election; Issuance of Shares. The Election Agreement for each Participant will specify a distribution date for deferred stock units purchased under the Purchase Plan (the

2

“Distribution Date”), which Distribution Date will also apply to the Stock Units awarded under the Program. Any election of a Distribution Date is irrevocable as of the Election Date. The Company will issue to the Participant one share of Stock for each vested Stock Unit on the Distribution Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, if the Distribution Date for a Stock Unit is the effective date of the Participant’s “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (the “Separation from Service”), and on the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, the shares will be issued on the later to occur of (A) the scheduled Distribution Date and (B) the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death.

(f)Election of Matching Award Type. The type of Matching Award granted to the Participant will be determined based on the Participant’s Distribution Date election under the Purchase Plan. If the Participant elects a Termination Date Election or a Deferred Distribution Date Election (as these terms are defined in the Purchase Plan), the Participant will receive a Matching Award of Deferred Stock Units. If the Participant elects a Vesting Date Election (as defined under the Purchase Plan), the Participant will receive a Matching Award of Restricted Stock Units.

(g)Change in Control.

(i)The Program and Stock Units that are outstanding will continue in the manner and under the terms so provided in the event of any Change in Control (as defined below) to the extent that provision is made in writing in connection with such Change in Control for the assumption or continuation of the Stock Units or for the substitution for the Stock Units for new common stock units relating to the stock of a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number of shares underlying the award (disregarding any consideration that is not common stock).

(ii)Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) in which outstanding Stock Units are not being assumed or continued, shares of Stock subject to such Stock Units will be delivered immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in Control.

For purposes of the Program, “Change in Control” will have the same meaning as defined in the 2010 Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the Program, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if the transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(h)Award Agreements. Each award of Stock Units granted under the Program will be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Participant memorializing the terms and conditions of the Stock Units (an “Award Agreement”).

5.ISSUANCE OF SHARES OF STOCK DUE TO UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY

(a)Request for Issuance. If a Participant suffers an Unforeseeable Emergency (as defined below), he or she may submit a written request to the Committee for the issuance of the shares of Stock underlying vested Deferred Stock Units in the Participant’s Account. For purposes of the Program, “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from (i) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or the Participant’s dependent; (ii) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or (iii) such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable

3

circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b)No Payment if Other Relief is Available. The Committee will evaluate the Participant’s request for payment due to an Unforeseeable Emergency taking into account the Participant’s and the requirements of Section 409A. In no event will shares of Stock be issued under this Section 5 to the extent the Participant’s hardship can be relieved: (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise; or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent that liquidation of the Participant’s assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship.

(c)Limitation on Issuance of Shares of Stock. The number of shares of Stock issued on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency will not exceed the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the Participant’s financial need, including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, local or foreign taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the issuance of shares of Stock, as determined by the Committee.

(d)Cancellation of Deferrals. If a Participant receives an issuance of shares of Stock on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant’s Election Agreement for the Election Date in the same calendar year as the date of such issuance will be cancelled and no deferrals will be made with respect to such Election Agreement.

6.BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

In the event of a Participant’s death, the Company will issue the shares of Stock underlying the Stock Units in the Participant’s Account to the Participant’s designated beneficiaries. If the Participant fails to complete a valid beneficiary designation, the Participant’s beneficiary will be his or her estate.

7.TRANSFERABILITY

During a Participant’s lifetime, any issuance of shares of Stock under the Program will be made only to the Participant. Stock Units may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Stock Units be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

8.WITHHOLDING

In the event that the Company or an Affiliate determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the award of Stock Units under the Program or the issuance of shares with respect to Stock Units under the Program, the Company or an Affiliate will have the right to (a) require the Participant to tender a cash payment; (b) deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Participant; (c) permit or require the Participant to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to sell a portion of the shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with the Stock Units to satisfy withholding obligations and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the withholding obligations directly to the Company or an Affiliate; or (d) withhold the delivery of shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to a Participant under the Program to meet such obligations; provided, that the shares of Stock so withheld will have an aggregate Fair Market Value not exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by applicable law.

4

9.FORFEITURE; RECOUPMENT; CLAWBACK

(a)The Committee may reserve the right in an Award Agreement to cause a forfeiture of the gain realized by a Participant with respect to a Matching Award on account of actions taken by, or failed to be taken by, the Participant in violation or breach of or in conflict with any (i) employment agreement, (ii) non-competition agreement, (iii) agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate, (iv) confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or an Affiliate, (v) Company policy or procedure, (vi) other agreement, or (vii) any other obligation of the Participant to the Company or any Affiliate, as and to the extent specified in the Award Agreement. The Committee may annul an outstanding Matching Award if the Participant is terminated for Cause or for “cause” as defined in any other agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, as applicable.

(b)Any Matching Award granted under the Program will be subject to mandatory repayment by the Participant to the Company to the extent the Participant is, or in the future becomes, subject to (i) any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that is adopted to comply with the requirements of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or otherwise; or (ii) any law, rule or regulation that imposes mandatory recoupment, under circumstances set forth in such law, rule or regulation.

(c)If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any Participant who knowingly engaged in the misconduct, was grossly negligent in engaging in the misconduct, knowingly failed to prevent the misconduct or was grossly negligent in failing to prevent the misconduct, will reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of a Matching Award earned or accrued during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document that contained such material noncompliance.

(d)Notwithstanding any other provision of the Program or any provision of any Award Agreement, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement, then Participants will forfeit any Stock received in connection with a Matching Award (or an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Stock on the date of delivery if the Participant no longer holds the shares of Stock) if pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement for such Matching Award, the Bonus used to purchase deferred stock units under the Purchase Plan for which the Matching Award was based was explicitly based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals set forth in the bonus plan governing the Bonus (including earnings, gains, or other criteria) that are later determined, as a result of the accounting restatement, not to have been achieved.

10.GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a)Requirements of Law. The Company will not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock with respect to a Matching Award if the sale or issuance of such shares of Stock would constitute a violation by the Participant, any other individual or entity, or the Company or any Affiliate of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. If at any time the Company determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares of Stock with respect to any Matching Award upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares of Stock under the Program, no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the Participant or any other individual or entity with respect to such Matching Award unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company may, but will in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered by the Program pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company is not obligated to take

5

any affirmative action to cause the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to the Program to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority.

(b)No Right to Continued Service. No provision in the Program, any Award Agreement or in any Election Agreement will be construed to confer upon any individual or entity the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Company or any Affiliate either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual or entity at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual or entity and the Company or any Affiliate.

(c)Disclaimer of Rights. The obligation of the Company to pay any benefits pursuant to the Program will be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described in the Program, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed in the Program. The Program and the award of Stock Units under the Program will in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any Participant or beneficiary under the Program. Participants in the Program will have no rights under the Program other than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent unfunded and unsecured obligations of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Program, the applicable Award Agreement and the Election Agreement.

(d)No Obligation to Minimize Taxes. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Unit award under the Program and makes no guarantee regarding the tax treatment of any such Stock Unit award.

(e)Other Provisions. Each Matching Award under the Program may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Program as the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, and specifies in the applicable Award Agreement.

(f)Severability. If any provision of the Program, any Award Agreement or any Election Agreement is determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of the Program, the Award Agreement and the Election Agreement will be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions will remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction .

(g)Governing Law. The validity and construction of the Program and the instruments evidencing the Matching Awards granted under the Program will be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Program and the instruments evidencing the Matching Awards granted under the Program to the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

(h)Section 409A. The Program is intended to comply with Section 409A to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Program will be interpreted and administered to be in compliance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Program, neither the Company, its Affiliates, the Board nor the Committee will have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A and neither the Company, its Affiliates, the Board nor the Committee will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.

(i)Governing Plan Document. The Program is subject to all of the provisions of the 2010 Plan and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations that may from time to time be promulgated and adopted by the Committee, the Board or the Company pursuant to the 2010

6

Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Program and those of the 2010 Plan, the provisions of the 2010 Plan will control.

7

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO WAREHOUSING CREDIT

AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO WAREHOUSING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Sixth Amendment”) is made effective as of the 2nd day of April, 2013, by and between (i) WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”) and (ii) PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Lender”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Lender and the Borrower are parties to that certain Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2010 (the “Original Credit Facility Agreement”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2011 (the “First Amendment”), that certain Second Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011 (the “Second Amendment”), that certain Third Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2012 (the “Third Amendment”), that certain Fourth Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2012 (the “Fourth Amendment”), and that certain Fifth Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2013  (the “Fifth Amendment”) (the Original Credit Facility Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment, the Second Amendment, the Third Amendment, the Fourth Amendment, and Fifth Amendment is herein the “Credit Facility Agreement”), whereby upon the satisfaction of certain terms and conditions set forth therein, the Lender agreed to make Warehousing Advances from time to time, up to the Warehousing Credit Limit (as defined in the Credit Facility Agreement).

WHEREAS, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Guarantor”) has guaranteed Borrower’s obligations under the Credit Facility Agreement pursuant to that certain Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 (the “Guaranty”).

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested and the Lender has agreed to reduce the applicable interest rate.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, the mutual entry of this Sixth Amendment by the parties hereto and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.              Recitals.  The Recitals are hereby incorporated into this Sixth Amendment as a substantive part hereof.

Section 2.              Definitions.  Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Facility Agreement.

Section 3.              Amendments to Credit Facility Agreement.  The defined term “Applicable Daily Floating LIBO Rate” set forth in Section 12.1 of the Credit Facility Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

‘“Applicable Daily Floating LIBO Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the Daily LIBO Rate for such day, plus one and one half percent (1.5%).’

Section 4.              Ratification, No Novation, Effect of Modifications.  Except as may be amended or modified hereby, the terms of the Credit Facility Agreement are hereby ratified, affirmed and confirmed and shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.  Nothing in this Sixth Amendment shall be construed to extinguish, release, or discharge or constitute, create or effect a novation of, or an agreement to extinguish, release or discharge, any of the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Borrower or any other party under the provisions of the Credit Facility Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, unless specifically herein provided.

Section 5.              Amendments.  This Sixth Amendment may be amended or supplemented by and only by an instrument executed and delivered by each party hereto.

Section 6.              Waiver.  The Lender shall not be deemed to have waived the exercise of any right which it holds under the Credit Facility Agreement unless such waiver is made expressly and in writing (and no delay or omission by the Lender in exercising any such right shall be deemed a waiver of its future exercise).  No such waiver made as to any instance involving the exercise of any such right shall be deemed a waiver as to any other such instance, or any other such right.  Without limiting the operation and effect of the foregoing provisions hereof, no act done or omitted by the Lender pursuant to the powers and rights granted to it hereunder shall be deemed a waiver by the Lender of any of its rights and remedies under any of the provisions of the Credit Facility Agreement, and this Sixth Amendment is made and accepted without prejudice to any of such rights and remedies.

Section 7.              Governing Law.  This Sixth Amendment shall be given effect and construed by application of the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

Section 8.              Headings.  The headings of the sections, subsections, paragraphs and subparagraphs hereof are provided herein for and only for convenience of reference, and shall not be considered in construing their contents.

Section 9.              Severability.  No determination by any court, governmental body or otherwise that any provision of this Sixth Amendment or any amendment hereof is invalid or unenforceable in any instance shall affect the validity or enforceability of (i) any other such provision or (ii) such provision in any circumstance not controlled by such determination.  Each such provision shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by, and shall be construed wherever possible as being consistent with, applicable law.

Section 10.            Binding Effect.  This Sixth Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lender, and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

Section 11.            Counterparts.  This Sixth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Sixth Amendment under their respective seals as of the day and year first written above.

	BORROWER:
WITNESS:		WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC,
		a Delaware limited liability company
/s/ Adele Burr	By:		/s/ Stephen P. Theobald
			Name: Stephen P. Theobald
			Title: EVP, CFO & Treasurer
WITNESS:		LENDER:
		PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
/s/ Donald Thomas		By:	/s/ Terri Wyda
			Name: Terri Wyda
			Title: SVP

JOINDER AND CONSENT OF GUARANTOR

Guarantor joins and consents to the provisions of the foregoing Sixth Amendment and all prior amendments and confirms and agrees that: (a) any and all guaranty, indemnification, or other obligations that Guarantor has incurred to Lender in connection with the Credit Facility Agreement, as amended by the foregoing Sixth Amendment, are and hereafter will remain in full force and effect; (b) the Guarantor’s obligations under the Guaranty shall be unimpaired by the Amendment; (c) Guarantor has no defenses, set offs, counterclaims, discounts or charges of any kind against the Lender, its officers, directors, employees, agents or attorneys with respect to the Guaranty; and (d) all of the terms, conditions and covenants in the Guaranty remain unaltered and in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed, as modified by the Sixth Amendment.  The Guarantor certifies that all representations and warranties made in the Guaranty are true and correct.

The Guarantor ratifies and confirms the indemnification and waiver of jury trial provisions contained in the Guaranty as amended by the Sixth Amendment.

WITNESS the due execution of this Joinder and Consent as a document under seal as of the date of the Sixth Amendment, intending to be legally bound hereby.

		GUARANTOR:
WITNESS:		WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.,
		a Maryland corporation
/s/ Adele Burr	By:		/s/ Stephen P. Theobald
			Name:  Stephen P. Theobald
			Title:     EVP, CFO & Treasurer

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

FIRST AMENDMENT TO WAREHOUSING
CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO WAREHOUSING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of March 25, 2013, by and among W&D INTERIM LENDER II LLC (the “Borrower”), WALKER & DUNLOP, INC. (the “Guarantor”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), and the lenders party hereto (the “Lenders”).

R E C I T A L S

The Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders are parties to, among other documents, instruments, and agreements, that certain Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of October 5, 2012 (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated, renewed, replaced, extended or otherwise modified, as the case may be, from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

Capitalized terms used in this Amendment without definition have the meanings specified therefor in the Loan Agreement.

The Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders desire to amend the Loan Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.             Amendments.  Effective upon the Effective Date (as hereafter defined), the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a)           Sections 3.3(f) and (g) of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(f)          If the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio with respect to any Pledged Loan is less than (i) if such Pledged Loan is secured by a Multifamily Property, 1.2 to 1.0 as of any annual testing date for such Pledged Loan, (ii) if such Pledged Loan is secured by an Independent Living Facility, 1.4 to 1.0 as of any semi-annual testing date for such Pledged Loan, or (iii) if such Pledged Loan is secured by an Eligible Assisted Living Facility, 1.5 to 1.0 as of any semi-annual testing date for such Pledged Loan, then Borrower shall prepay the related Warehousing Advance within ten (10) Business Days after Notice from Administrative Agent by at least an amount such that, if such prepayment had been made as of the applicable testing date, the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio with respect to such Pledged Loan would have been in compliance with the applicable minimum ratios set forth herein.”

“(g)         If at any time the amount of any Warehousing Advance with respect to any Eligible Loan exceeds the lesser of (i) (A) 60% as to a Multifamily Property, (B) 53% as to an Independent Living Facility, or (C) 49% as to an Eligible Assisted Living Facility, of the as is value of the underlying Mortgaged Property with respect to such Eligible Loan (based upon a third party MAI appraisal, reviewed and approved by the Administrative Agent and acceptable to the Borrower), or (ii) (A) 75% as to a Pledged Loan secured by a Multifamily Property, (B) 70% as to a Pledged Loan secured by an Independent Living Facility, or (C) 65% as to a Pledged Loan secured by an Eligible Assisted  Living Facility, of the Mortgage Note Amount advanced by the Borrower with respect to the applicable Mortgage Loan, or (iii) (A) 90% of Cost as to a Pledged Loan secured by a Multifamily Property, or (B) 75% of Cost as to a Pledge Loan secured by a Qualified Seniors Facility, then Borrower shall have thirty (30) Business Days after Notice from the Administrative Agent to pay to the Administrative Agent a sum sufficient to cause the foregoing deficiency to no longer exist.”

(b)           The following new Section 3.3(h) is hereby added to the Loan Agreement immediately following Section 3.3(g):

“(h)         If the Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio with respect to any Pledged Loan that is secured by a Qualified Seniors Facility is less than (i) if such Pledged Loan is secured by an Independent Living Facility, 1.3 to 1.0 as of any semi-annual testing date for such Pledged Loan, or (ii) if such Pledged Loan is secured by an Eligible Assisted Living Facility, 1.4 to 1.0 as of any semi-annual testing date for such Pledged Loan, then Borrower shall prepay the related Warehousing Advance within ten (10) Business Days after Notice from Administrative Agent by at least an amount such that, if such prepayment had been made as of the applicable testing date, the Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio with respect to such Pledged Loan would have been in compliance with the applicable minimum ratios set forth herein.”

(c)           Section 8.3(d) is hereby amended by correcting the reference in clause (iv) from “the Property Debt Service Coverage Ratio” to “the Property NOI”.

(d)           Sections 11.1(v) through (aa), inclusive, are hereby deleted in their entirety.  For the avoidance of doubt, such terms are duplicative of corresponding requirements set forth in Exhibit E (including as amended pursuant to this Amendment) and accordingly encompassed within the Borrower’s representation and warranty set forth in Section 11.1(u) of the Loan Agreement.

(e)           Section 11.2(f) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

2

“(f)          Within thirty (30) days after each applicable testing date set forth in Section 11.3(d) and (e), deliver, or cause to be delivered by the Servicer, (i) all detailed operating information with respect to the each Mortgaged Property and the calculation of such Mortgaged Property’s Property NOI as of such date on the applicable trailing basis, sufficient for Administrative Agent to determine the Warehousing Debt Service Coverage Ratio and Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the Mortgage Loan secured by such Mortgaged Property, as applicable,  as of such testing date, and (ii) as applicable, a detailed calculation of the twelve month pro forma debt service payments required pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Loan.”

(f)            Section 11.3(d) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(d)         Permit the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio for any Mortgage Loan against which a Warehousing Advance is outstanding to be less than (i) 1.2 to 1.0, if such Mortgage Loan is secured by a Multifamily Property, (ii) 1.4 to 1.0, if such Mortgage Loan is secured by an Independent Living Facility, and (iii) 1.5 to 1.0, if such Mortgage Loan is secured by an Eligible Assisted Living Facility, in each case after giving effect to any retesting after any prepayment of such Warehousing Advance pursuant to Section 3.3(f).  The Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall be tested (A) in the case of a Mortgage Loan secured by a Multifamily Property, commencing with the first anniversary of the last day of the calendar month in which the related Warehousing Advance was made and annually thereafter, and (B) in the case of a Mortgage Loan secured by a Qualified Seniors Facility,  on the last day of the sixth (6th) full calendar month following the Advance Date of the related Warehousing Advance and on the last day of each six (6) calendar month period thereafter.”

(g)           The following new Section 11.3(e) is hereby added to the Loan Agreement immediately following Section 11.3(d):

“(e)         Permit the Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio for any Mortgage Loan secured by a Qualified Seniors Facility against which a Warehousing Advance is outstanding to be less than (i) 1.3 to 1.0, if such Mortgage Loan is secured by an Independent Living Facility, and (ii) 1.4 to 1.0, if such Mortgage Loan is secured by an Eligible Assisted Living Facility, in each case after giving effect to any retesting after any prepayment of such Warehousing Advance pursuant to Section 3.3(h).  The Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio for such Mortgage Loans shall be tested on the last day of the sixth (6th) full calendar month following the Advance Date of the related Warehousing Advance and on the last day of each six (6) calendar month period thereafter.”

3

(h)           Section 15 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(i)            The definitions of the following terms are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“Applicable Margin” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter, as from time to time may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.”

“Sublimit” means the aggregate amount of Warehousing Advances (expressed as a dollar amount or as a percentage of the Commitment Amount) that is permitted to be outstanding at any one time against a specific Eligible Loan or specific category of Eligible Loans, as set forth in Exhibit E.

“Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio” means, as of any time of determination, as to any Mortgage Loan, the ratio of (a) the then Property NOI of the related Mortgaged Property, to (b) (i) if the Mortgage Loan is secured by a Multifamily Property, the interest only debt service required to be paid in accordance with the terms thereof, or (ii) if the Mortgage Loan is secured by a Qualified Seniors Facility, the sum of the interest only debt service plus any principal amortization payments required to be paid in accordance with the terms thereof (excluding any balloon payment due at maturity), taking into account cash funded interest reserves (as reflected in the closing settlement statement to be furnished to the Administrative Agent) to the extent approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion, not to be unreasonably withheld.  For the purposes of calculating Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio for all purposes of the Loan Agreement, including Exhibit E, (A) as of the Advance Date for any Warehousing Advance, the Property NOI shall be determined on a trailing three month basis, annualized and normalized, and (B) as of any applicable semi-annual testing date, the Property NOI shall be determined on a trailing six month basis, annualized and normalized.  In all instances the debt service shall be determined on a twelve (12) month pro forma basis, based on the actual required debt service payments required pursuant to the applicable Mortgage Loan loan documents, and shall take into account all budgeted advances to be made by the Borrower in accordance with the terms thereof.

(i)            The definition of “Daily Floating LIBOR Rate” is hereby amended by adding the following text immediately before the words “(“BBA LIBOR”)” where appearing in the second line thereof, and deleting the words”(“BBA LIBOR”)”:

“or the successor thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (in either case, for the purposes of this definition, “BBA LIBOR”)”.

4

(j)            The definition of “Property NOI” is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence thereof in its entirety.

(k)           The definition of “Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio”  is hereby amended by adding the following text at the end thereof:

“For the purposes of calculating Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage for all purposes of the Loan Agreement, including Exhibit E, (A) as of the Advance Date for any Warehousing Advance, the Property NOI shall be determined on a trailing three month basis, annualized and normalized, (B) as of any applicable semi-annual testing date, the Property NOI shall be determined on a trailing six month basis, annualized and normalized, and (C) as of any applicable annual testing date or in connection with a proposed extension of a Warehouse Period, the Property NOI shall be determined on a trailing twelve month basis, normalized.  In all instances the Testing Debt Service Amount shall be determined on a twelve (12) month pro forma basis.”

(l)            The following new definitions are hereby added in the appropriate alphabetical order:

“Alzheimer’s/Memory Care” means Alzheimer’s care, dementia care, and/or memory care.

“Applicable Expected Permanent Loan Amount” means, as of any date of determination, as to any Mortgaged Property securing a Pledged Loan, the principal amount which the Borrower reasonably expects, based on its or the Servicer’s underwriting and ongoing evaluation and analysis, for the permanent Mortgage Loan under the Targeted Permanent Loan Program for such Mortgaged Property.

“Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program”  means, as to a Mortgage Loan proposed to be an Eligible Loan, the FHA, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac permanent Mortgage Loan program for which such Mortgage Loan is targeted, as identified by Borrower in the Credit Underwriting Documents delivered to the Administrative Agent with the related Approval Request.

“Assisted Living Facility” means a residential facility, securing a Mortgage Loan, which provides housing, meals, and one or more personal services (which shall not include medical, nursing, dental, or mental health services, but may include Alzheimer’s/Memory Care) for individuals with functional limitations and which satisfies the definition and criteria of an “assisted living facility” established by the Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program, including being licensed as such under any applicable state or federal law.

“Change in Law” means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation

5

or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“Continuing Care Retirement Community” means a residential retirement facility, securing a Mortgage Loan, designed to provide a continuum of care within a single community or which otherwise is considered a “continuing care community,” regardless of the actual term utilized, by FHA, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or any applicable state or federal law.

“Eligible Assisted Living Facility” means an Assisted Living Facility in which no more than 30% of the total units and beds are devoted to Alzheimer/Memory Care, and from which no more than 30% of the income generated is for providing Alzheimer’s/Memory Care.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Independent Living Facility” means a residential retirement facility, securing a Mortgage Loan, offering optional services not related to personal care and which satisfies the definition and criteria of an “independent living facility” established by the Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program, including being licensed as such under any applicable state or federal law.

“Qualified Seniors Facility” means (a) an Independent Living Facility, or (b) an Eligible Assisted Living Facility.  In no event shall a Continuing Care Retirement Community, Skilled Nursing Facility, or facility that provides exclusively Alzheimer’s/Memory Care be a “Qualified Seniors Facility.”

6

“Skilled Nursing Facility” means a facility, such as a nursing home, which provides skilled nursing care and related services for patients who require medical, nursing or rehabilitative services, including Alzheimer’s/Memory Care, or which otherwise would be considered a “skilled nursing facility,” regardless of the actual term utilized, by FHA, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or any applicable state or federal law.

“Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio” means, at any time of determination, as to any Warehousing Advance and the related Pledged Loan, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the then outstanding principal amount of such Warehousing Advance, divided by (b) the then Applicable Expected Permanent Loan Amount.

(m)          Exhibit A of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

(n)           Exhibit B of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

(o)           Exhibit E of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

(p)           For all purposes of Sections 3.1(c) and 3.9 of the Loan Agreement:

(i)            References to “change in applicable law,”  “change in law,” “change in any such law,” and words and phrases of similar import shall include any Change in Law as such term is added to the Loan Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

(ii)           References to any requirements of “law,” “applicable law” and words and phrases of similar import shall include FATCA as such term is added to the Loan Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

2.             Acknowledgments by Borrower.  The Borrower acknowledges, confirms and agrees that:

(a)           This Amendment is a Loan Document.  All references in any Loan Document to the Borrower’s Obligations shall include the Obligations as amended by this Amendment.

(b)           Except as provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect, and the Borrower hereby (x) ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all and singular of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (y) represents and warrants that:

7

(i)            No Unmatured Default or Event of Default exists as of the date the Borrower executes this Amendment, nor will an Unmatured Default or Event of Default exist as of the Effective Date.

(ii)           The representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except as to (A) matters which speak to a specific date, and (B) changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Loan Agreement.

(iii)          The Borrower has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment, and the person executing and delivering this Amendment on behalf of the Borrower is and will be duly authorized to do so.

(iv)          This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the effect of equitable principles whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity.

(c)           Nothing in this Amendment (including the Exhibits annexed hereto) shall alter the discretionary nature of the making of Warehousing Advances as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Loan Agreement.

(d)           The Borrower shall promptly pay upon receipt of an invoice or statement therefor the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with this Amendment and any prior matters involving the Loan.

(e)           The Borrower acknowledges, confirms and agrees that it does not have any offsets, defenses, claims, counterclaims or causes of action of any kind or nature against the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any of its liabilities and obligations to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and, in any event, the Borrower specifically waives, releases, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have, from the beginning of the world to both the date hereof and the Effective Date, against the Administrative Agent, or any Lender or their respective current or former affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter related to the Loan, the Obligations, the Loan Agreement, any other Loan Documents, or the administration thereof.

8

3.             Acknowledgements and Agreements of the Guarantor.

(a)           The Guarantor hereby ratifies and confirms all of the terms and conditions of the Guaranty, the Pledge Agreement, and the Loan Agreement, and represents and warrants that (i) the representations and warranties made or deemed made by the Guarantor in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, except as to matters which speak to a specific date and for changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Loan Documents, and (ii) no event has occurred or failed to occur, which occurrence or which failure to occur constitutes, or solely with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute, an Unmatured Default or an Event of Default.

(b)           Without limiting the foregoing, the Guarantor (i) reaffirms, and confirms its guaranty of all of the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guaranty) as of the date hereof and as previously, and as hereafter from time to time may be, increased, reduced, modified, extended, renewed, amended, supplemented or restated, and notwithstanding the release of any collateral therefor or of any other Person liable for any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not the Guarantor executes a confirmation of the applicable Loan Documents in connection therewith, and (ii) agrees that neither the execution of this Amendment, nor the performance or consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, shall in any way limit, restrict, qualify, or extinguish the Guarantor’s liability under the terms of the applicable Loan Documents.

(c)           The Guarantor acknowledges, confirms and agrees that it does not have any offsets, defenses, claims, counterclaims or causes of action of any kind or nature against the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any of its liabilities and obligations to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and, in any event, the Guarantor specifically waives, releases, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have, from the beginning of the world to both the date hereof and the Effective Date, against the Administrative Agent, or any Lender or their respective current or former affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter related to the Loan, the Obligations, the Loan Agreement, any other Loan Documents, or the administration thereof.

(d)           The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the Guarantor has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment, and that the person executing and delivering this Amendment on behalf of the Guarantor is duly authorized to do so.

4.             Conditions Precedent.  This Amendment shall be effective upon the satisfaction by the Borrower of, or written waiver by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of, the following conditions, and any other conditions set forth in this Amendment, by no later than 4:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the date of this Amendment, as such time and date may be extended in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in their sole discretion (with the date, if at all, by which such conditions have been satisfied or waived being referred to herein as, the

9

“Effective Date”), failing which this Amendment and all related documents shall be null and void at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

(a)           Delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the following:

(i)            This Amendment, duly executed by the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

(ii)           An amendment to the Fee Letter, duly executed by the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and each Lender, to be in form and substance satisfactory to each party thereto.

(iii)          Such certificates of resolutions or other actions, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of an authorized officer of the Borrower and the Guarantor as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of the Borrower and the Guarantor to enter into this Amendment and any other documents to be executed and delivered in connection herewith, and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each officer of the Borrower and the Guarantor authorized to act on its behalf in connection with this Amendment and the other Loan Documents.

(iv)          Such other documents as the Administrative Agent or any Lender reasonably may require, duly executed and delivered.

(b)           No Unmatured Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or will be caused by or result from the Borrower’s execution and delivery of this Amendment and the documents, instruments, and agreements related hereto, or the performance by the Borrower of its obligations thereunder.

(c)           The representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Guarantor contained in this Amendment or in any document, instrument, or agreement delivered or to be delivered in connection with this Amendment (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date that such representations and warranties were made (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date, which shall be true and correct as of such earlier date) and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Effective Date as if made on and as of such date (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date, which shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

(d)           In addition to all other expense payment and reimbursement obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower will, promptly following their receipt of an appropriate invoice therefor, pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender for all of their respective reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements) incurred  in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and any other documents in connection herewith and the matters addressed in and contemplated by, this Amendment.

10

5.             Miscellaneous.

(a)           This Amendment shall be governed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflict of laws principles) as an instrument under seal.

(b)           This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Signatures transmitted electronically (including by fax or e-mail) shall have the same legal effect as originals, but each party nevertheless shall deliver originally signed counterparts of this Amendment to each other party, upon request.

(c)           This Amendment constitutes the complete agreement among the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding relating to the subject matter of this Amendment, and may not be modified, altered, or amended except in accordance with the Loan Agreement.

(d)           Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Amendment.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

11

Executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

W&D INTERIM LENDER II LLC
By:	/s/ Deborah A. Wilson
Name:	Deborah A. Wilson
Title:	EVP, CFO & Treasurer
WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.
By:	/s/ Deborah A. Wilson
Name:	Deborah A. Wilson
Title:	EVP, CFO & Treasurer
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and a Lender
By:	/s/ Jane E. Huntington
Name:	Jane E. Huntington
Title:	Senior Vice President

1

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF APPROVAL REQUEST

Date of Approval Request:  

To:	Bank of America, N.A.
	225 Franklin Street
	Mail stop: MA1-225-02-04, 2nd Floor
	Boston, Massachusetts 02110
	Attention: Jane E. Huntington, Senior Vice President

Re:          Proposed Warehousing Advance for a SELECT ONE WHEN COMPLETING FORM:[Multifamilty Property][Independent Living Facility][Eligible Assisted Living Facility [with Alzheimer’s/Memory Care][without  Alzheimer’s/Memory Care]]

Reference is made to that certain Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated October 5, 2012 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Agreement”) among W&D Interim Lender II LLC (the “Borrower”), Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (“Administrative Agent”) for itself and various lenders (the “Lenders”), and such Lenders.  Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings specified therefor in the Agreement.

The undersigned, being an Authorized Representative of Borrower, submits to Administrative Agent, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1(a) of the Agreement, this Approval Request with respect to the Mortgage Loan proposed to be financed by Borrower as described in Schedule 1 [USE THE FORM OF SCHEDULE 1 APPLICABLE TO TYPE OF FACILITY] annexed hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

Borrower hereby certifies, warrants and represents to Administrative Agent and Lenders as follows:

1.             Accompanying this Approval Request are the Credit Underwriting Documents listed on Schedule 2 annexed hereto and incorporated by reference herein.  The following Credit Underwriting Documents are not yet available or are not complete, and the date of anticipated availability and/or completion, is as set forth below:

Missing/Incomplete Items Availability/Completion Date

2.             Schedule 3 annexed hereto and incorporated by reference herein sets forth all of the Collateral Documents being obtained by Borrower in connection with the subject Mortgage Loan.

2

3.             Except as specifically noted, all documentation and information provided to Administrative Agent in connection with this Approval Request is complete and accurate in all material respects, and complies with all applicable provisions of the Agreement.

4.             There has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s or Guarantor’s financial condition from the most recent financial information furnished to Administrative Agent pursuant to the Agreement.

5.             No Unmatured Defaults or Events of Defaults have occurred which have not been waived in writing by the Administrative Agent.

6.             Each representation and warranty made or deemed made by Borrower and Guarantor, respectively, in the Agreement and other Loan Documents is true and complete in all material respects at and as of the date hereof (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date which shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

W&D INTERIM LENDER II LLC

By:

Name:

Title:

3

SCHEDULE 1

[TO BE USED FOR MULTIFAMILY PROPERTIES]

Approval Request

Project Borrower

Project/Sponsor Name

Borrower Contact info.

Project Address

Project completion date

Ownership or management interest in the Mortgaged Property by Borrower or any Affiliate?(1)

Borrower maximum loan amount (may not exceed $35,000,000)

Is there proposed any repairs, renovation, or rehabilitation at the Mortgaged Property?

Construction Escrow Holdback

Underwritten FHA, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Permanent Loan Amount

Requested Warehousing Advance Amount(2)

Anticipated Warehousing Advance date

Borrower Loan Initial Maturity

Borrower Loan Extended Maturity

Warehousing Advance Request Review:

Item	Guideline	Actual / Comment	Complies (Y or N)
Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program	Must be Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or FHA
Warehousing Advance Amount	The lesser of (i) 60% of the asset’s as is value based upon a third party MAI appraisal, and (ii) 75% of Mortgage Note Amount advanced by Borrower under the applicable Mortgage Loan. Warehousing Advance DSC (using BofA Testing Debt Service Amount) > 1.2x

(1)  Requires approval of Administrative Agent.

(2) A Warehousing Advance Request must be delivered to Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement.

1

Borrower Loan Amount	Underlying DSC > 1.0x Lesser of as-is LTV < 80%, or LTC < 90% Maximum loan amount $35MM
Pro forma Property NOI	Must be sufficient for Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program
Amount of Borrower Loan designated for Property rehab(3)	Budgeted and actual must be < 15% of Cost
Subordinate Financing/Mezz Financing	Not Permitted	N/A	N/A
Appraisal Report	Required	Appraisal Dated:
Environmental Report	Required	ESA Dated:
Property Condition Report	Required	PCR Dated:

(3)  If any portion of the improvements to the Mortgaged Property is designated for repairs, renovation, or rehabilitation the details thereof are set forth in and a budget is included with the related Credit Underwriting Documents.

2

SCHEDULE 1

[TO BE USED FOR INDEPENDENT LIVING FACILITIES]

Approval Request

Project Borrower

Project / Sponsor Name

Borrower Contact info.

Project Address

Project completion date

Ownership or management interest in the Mortgaged Property by Borrower or any Affiliate?(1)

Borrower maximum loan amount (may not exceed $15,000,000)

Is there proposed any repairs, renovation, or rehabilitation at the Mortgaged Property?

Construction Escrow Holdback

Underwritten FHA, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Permanent Loan Amount

Requested Warehousing Advance Amount(2)

Anticipated Warehousing Advance date

Borrower Loan Initial Maturity

Borrower Loan Extended Maturity

Warehousing Advance Request Review:

Item	Guideline	Actual / Comment	Complies (Y or N)
Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program	Must be Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or FHA
Warehousing Advance Amount	The lesser of (i) 53% of the asset’s as is value based upon a third party MAI appraisal, and (ii) 70% of Mortgage Note Amount advanced by Borrower under the applicable Mortgage Loan. Warehousing Advance DSC (using BofA Testing Debt Service Amount) > 1.4x

(1)  Requires approval of Administrative Agent.

(2) A Warehousing Advance Request must be delivered to Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement.

1

Borrower Loan Amount	Underlying DSC > 1.3x Lesser of as-is LTV < 75%, or LTC < 75% Maximum loan amount $15MM
Pro forma Property NOI	Must be sufficient for Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program
Amount of Borrower Loan designated for Property rehab(1)	Budgeted and actual must be < 15% of Cost
Subordinate Financing/Mezz Financing	Not Permitted	N/A	N/A
Appraisal Report	Required	Appraisal Dated:
Environmental Report	Required	ESA Dated:
Property Condition Report	Required	PCR Dated:

(1)  If any portion of the improvements to the Mortgaged Property is designated for repairs, renovation, or rehabilitation the details thereof are set forth in and a budget is included with the related Credit Underwriting Documents.

2

SCHEDULE 1

[TO BE USED FOR ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES]

Approval Request

Project Borrower

Project / Sponsor Name

Borrower Contact info.

Project Address

Project completion date

Ownership or management interest in the Mortgaged Property by Borrower or any Affiliate?(1)

Borrower maximum loan amount (may not exceed $15,000,000)

Is there proposed any repairs, renovation, or rehabilitation at the Mortgaged Property?

Construction Escrow Holdback

Underwritten FHA, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Permanent Loan Amount

Requested Warehousing Advance Amount(2)

Anticipated Warehousing Advance date

Borrower Loan Initial Maturity

Borrower Loan Extended Maturity

Is Alzheimer’s/Memory Care provided [Yes or No]

Warehousing Advance Request Review:

Item	Guideline	Actual / Comment	Complies (Y or N)
Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program	Must be Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or FHA
If Alzheimer’s/Memory Care is provided	No. of units/beds in facility may not exceed 30% of total Income from Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program may not exceed 30% of total

(1)  Requires approval of Administrative Agent.

(2) A Warehousing Advance Request must be delivered to Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement.

1

Warehousing Advance Amount	The lesser of (i) 49% of the asset’s as is value based upon a third party MAI appraisal, and (ii) 65% of Mortgage Note Amount advanced by Borrower under the applicable Mortgage Loan. Warehousing Advance DSC (using BofA Testing Debt Service Amount) > 1.5x
Borrower Loan Amount	Underlying DSC > 1.4x Lesser of as-is LTV < 75%, or LTC < 75% Maximum loan amount $15MM
Pro forma Property NOI	Must be sufficient for Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program
Amount of Borrower Loan designated for Property rehab(1)	Budgeted and actual must be < 15% of Cost
Subordinate Financing/Mezz Financing	Not Permitted	N/A	N/A
Appraisal Report	Required	Appraisal Dated:
Environmental Report	Required	ESA Dated:
Property Condition Report	Required	PCR Dated:

(1) If any portion of the improvements to the Mortgaged Property is designated for repairs, renovation, or rehabilitation the details thereof are set forth in and a budget is included with the related Credit Underwriting Documents.

2

SCHEDULE 2

Credit Underwriting Documents Furnished with Approval Request

SCHEDULE 3

Collateral Documents to be obtained by Borrower

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAREHOUSING ADVANCE REQUEST AGAINST ELIGIBLE LOANS

ELIGIBLE LOAN TYPE:	Check one: o Multifamily Property o Independent Living Facility o Eligible Assisted Living Facility
ELIGIBLE LOAN COLLATERAL TYPE:	MUST BE FIRST MORTGAGE LOAN

Project Name:
Project State and Zip Code:
Mortgage Note Amount: $
Mortgage Note Date:
Mortgage Note Maturity Date:
Approved Warehousing Advance Amount: $
Warehousing Advance Date:
Warehouse Period Expiration Date:
Title Company/Closing Agent:
Title Contact Person:	Phone No.:
Title Contact Person E-Mail Address:
Title Company Address:
WIRE TRANSFER INFORMATION
Wire Amount:	Date of Wire:
Receiving Bank:	ABA No.:
City & State:
Credit Account Name:	Number:
Advise:	Phone:

W&D Interim Lender II LLC (the “Borrower”) has granted, and hereby reaffirms the grant of, a security interest to Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (“Administrative Agent”) for itself and various lenders (the “Lenders”) in all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Mortgage Loan described above and all related Collateral pursuant to Article 4 of the Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of October 5, 2012, among Borrower,

1

Administrative Agent and Lenders (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, “Agreement”).  Capitalized terms used in this Warehousing Advance Request without further definition have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a)The Warehousing Advance requested hereby complies with all applicable requirements of the Agreement.

(b)Each representation and warranty made under the Agreement is true and correct at and as of the date hereof (except to the extent relating to a specific date) and will be true and correct at and as of the time the Warehousing Advance is made, in each case both with and without giving effect to the Warehousing Advance and the application of the proceeds thereof.

(c)No Unmatured Default or Event of Default has occurred which has not been waived in its entirety by the Administrative Agent, or would result from the making of the Warehousing Advance or the application of the proceeds thereof if the Warehousing Advance were made on the date hereof, and no Unmatured Default or Event of Default will have occurred which has not been waived in its entirety by the Administrative Agent at the time the Warehousing Advance is to be made or would result from the making of the Warehousing Advance or the application of the proceeds thereof.

(d)Borrower agrees to cause the Mortgage Notes(s) and the other Collateral Documents required by the Agreement, including Exhibit C, to be delivered to the Administrative Agent by no later than when required pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Agreement, including Exhibit C.

(e)The Credit Underwriting Documents delivered to the Administrative Agent with respect to the Warehousing Advance contemplated herein, and approved by the Administrative Agent, are complete and correct as of the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Warehousing Advance Request as a document under seal as of                                 , 201 .

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

By

Print Name:

Title:

2

EXHIBIT E

WAREHOUSING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ELIGIBLE LOANS

A.LIMITATIONS ON WAREHOUSING ADVANCES AGAINST MORTGAGE LOANS

Lenders’ obligation to consider making Warehousing Advances under the Agreement is subject to all requirements of the Agreement and to the following additional limitations:

1.No Warehousing Advance will be made against any Mortgage Loan that has been previously sold or pledged to obtain financing (whether or not such financing constitutes Indebtedness) under another warehousing financing arrangement.

2.No Warehousing Advance will be made against any Mortgage Loan that Administrative Agent or any Lender believes may be based on untrue, incomplete, inaccurate or fraudulent information or may otherwise be subject to fraud.

3.No Warehousing Advance will be made against any Mortgage Loan if any of the limitations set forth in this Exhibit E would be exceeded after giving effect to the Warehousing Advance.

4.No Warehousing Advance will be made against a Mortgage Loan originated by a Person other than Borrower.

5.No Warehousing Advance will be made against a Mortgage Loan if the applicable Advance Rate or Sublimit would be exceeded.

6.No “cash out” Mortgage Loans shall be Eligible Loans.

7.As of the date of the closing of the Mortgage Loan and as of the applicable Advance Date, the pro forma Property NOI of the Mortgaged Property as of the maturity date of such Mortgage Loan (as set forth in projections to be provided by Borrower to Administrative Agent with the related Approval Request) must be sufficient to qualify for the Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan (as identified in the related Approval Request).

B.ELIGIBLE LOANS AND TERMS OF WAREHOUSING ADVANCES

Subject to compliance with the terms and limitations set forth below, and all applicable terms, conditions, representations and warranties, and covenants in the Agreement, (1) Mortgage Loans which satisfy the following criteria shall be eligible to be included as Eligible Loans for purposes of the Agreement, and (2) any such Mortgage Loans which are accepted by the Administrative Agent and Lenders as Eligible Loans shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

Multifamily Properties

(1)Mortgage Loan type: An interim First Mortgage Loan secured by a Multifamily Property to (i) refinance an existing third party Mortgage Loan secured by such Multifamily Property, or (ii) finance the acquisition of such Multifamily Property, in either case possibly to include funds for minor repairs and rehabilitation (subject to the limitations set forth in this Exhibit and the Agreement).

(2)Repairs and rehabilitation:  May not exceed 15% of Cost.

(3)Subordinate Mortgage Loans or mezzanine debt: Not Permitted.

(4)Sublimit: 100% of the Total Commitment Amount.

(5)Maximum amount of Mortgage Loan:  $35,000,000.

(6)Advance Rate: The lesser of (i) 60% of the as is value of the Mortgaged Property with respect to the particular Mortgage Loan based upon a third party MAI appraisal, reviewed and approved by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) 75% of the Mortgage Note Amount advanced by the Borrower with respect to the applicable Mortgage Loan.

(7)Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio: As of the date of the closing of the Mortgage Loan and as of the applicable Advance Date, the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio must be at least 1.20 to 1.00.

(8)Maximum Underlying Loan-to-Value Ratio and Loan-to-Cost Ratio: The Underlying Loan-to-Value Ratio may not exceed 80%, and the Loan-to-Cost Ratio may not exceed 90%.

(9)Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio: As of the date of the closing of the Mortgage Loan and as of the applicable Advance Date, the Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio must be at least 1.00 to 1.00.

(10)Warehouse Period: Unless extended as provided below, the earlier of (i) the maturity of the applicable Mortgage Loan, as the same may be extended, and (ii) two years from the date of the Warehousing Advance.

(11)Extension of Warehouse Period: The Warehouse Period may be extended for up to 1 year (i.e., for a total maximum Warehouse Period of 3 years), provided that the following conditions are all satisfied in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent:

(i)The underlying Mortgage Loan (as the same may have been extended) does not mature prior to the expiration of such period.

(ii)Within 45 calendar days prior to the expiration of the initial Warehouse Period, Administrative Agent has received (A) an updated appraisal of the as-is value and the as-stabilized value of the Mortgaged Property, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and (B) an updated assessment (in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent) as to the Mortgaged Property’s ability to qualify for the Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program initially identified in the Credit Underwriting Documents and including an update of the Applicable Expected Permanent Loan Amount.

(iii)(A) Based upon the updated as-is appraised value of the Mortgaged Property and the updated assessment, (A) the Advance Rate would not be exceeded, (B) the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the last day of the calendar month of the otherwise expiring Warehouse Period is at least 1.2 to 1.0, and (C) the then Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio does not exceed what the Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio was as of the applicable Advance Date, unless the Borrower makes a partial prepayment of the Warehousing Advance in an amount necessary so that (1) the outstanding amount of the Warehousing Advance does not exceed the Advance Rate then applicable to such Mortgage Loan, (2) the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio is at least 1.2 to 1.0 and (3) the resulting Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio does not exceed what the Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio was as of the applicable Advance Date.

(iv)Borrower has delivered any and all information underlying or supporting the calculations required by the preceding subsection, and the same shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent.

Independent Living Facilities

Subject to compliance with the terms and limitations set forth below and the terms, representations and warranties, and covenants in the Agreement, the following Independent Living Facility Mortgage Loan is an Eligible Loan for purposes of the Agreement:

(1)Mortgage Loan type: An interim First Mortgage Loan secured by an Independent Living Facility to (i) refinance an existing third party Mortgage Loan, or (ii) finance the acquisition of such Independent Living Facility, in either case possibly to include funds for minor repairs and rehabilitation (subject to the limitations set forth in this Exhibit and the Agreement).  For the avoidance of doubt, Mortgage Loans secured by Continuing Care Retirement Communities shall not be Eligible Loans.

(2)Repairs and rehabilitation:  May not exceed 15% of Cost.

(3)Subordinate Mortgage Loans or mezzanine debt: Not Permitted.

(4)Sublimit: The aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Warehousing Advances against Qualified Seniors Facilities shall at no time exceed an amount equal to 50% of the Total Commitment Amount.

(5)Maximum amount of Mortgage Loan:  $15,000,000.

(6)Advance Rate: The lesser of (i) 53% of the as is value of the Mortgaged Property with respect to the particular Mortgage Loan based upon a third party MAI appraisal, reviewed and approved by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) 70% of the Mortgage Note Amount advanced by the Borrower with respect to the applicable Mortgage Loan.

(7)Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio: As of the date of the closing of the Mortgage Loan and as of the applicable Advance Date, the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio must be at least 1.40 to 1.00.

(8)Maximum Underlying Loan-to-Value Ratio and Loan-to-Cost Ratio: The Underlying Loan-to-Value Ratio may not exceed 75%, and the Loan-to-Cost Ratio may not exceed 75%.

(9)Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio: As of the date of the closing of the Mortgage Loan and as of the applicable Advance Date, the Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio must be at least 1.30 to 1.00.

(10)Warehouse Period: Unless extended as provided below, the earlier of (i) the maturity of the applicable Mortgage Loan, as the same may be extended, and (ii) two years from the date of the Warehousing Advance.

(11)Extension of Warehouse Period: The Warehouse Period may be extended for up to 1 year (i.e., for a total maximum Warehouse Period of 3 years), provided that the following conditions are all satisfied in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent:

(i)The underlying Mortgage Loan (as the same may have been extended) does not mature prior to the expiration of such period.

(ii)Within 45 calendar days prior to the expiration of the initial Warehouse Period, Administrative Agent has received (A) an updated appraisal of the as-is value and the as-stabilized value of the Mortgaged Property, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and (B) an updated assessment (in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent) as to the Mortgaged Property’s ability to qualify for the Applicable

Targeted Permanent Loan Program initially identified in the Credit Underwriting Documents and including an update of the Applicable Expected Permanent Loan Amount.

(iii)(A) Based upon the updated as-is appraised value of the Mortgaged Property and the updated assessment, (A) the Advance Rate would not be exceeded, (B) the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the last day of the calendar month of the otherwise expiring Warehouse Period is at least 1.4 to 1.0, and (C) the then Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio does not exceed what the Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio was as of the applicable Advance Date, unless the Borrower makes a partial prepayment of the Warehousing Advance in an amount necessary so that (1) the outstanding amount of the Warehousing Advance does not exceed the Advance Rate then applicable to such Mortgage Loan, (2) the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio is at least 1.4 to 1.0 and (3) the resulting Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio does not exceed what the Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio was as of the applicable Advance Date.

(iv)Borrower has delivered any and all information underlying or supporting the calculations required by the preceding subsection, and the same shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent.

Eligible Assisted Living Facilities

Subject to compliance with the terms and limitations set forth below and the terms, representations and warranties, and covenants in the Agreement, the following Eligible Assisted Living Facility Mortgage Loan is an Eligible Loan for purposes of the Agreement:

(12)Mortgage Loan type: An interim First Mortgage Loan secured by a Assisted Living Facility to (i) refinance an existing third party Mortgage Loan, or (ii) finance the acquisition of such Assisted Living Facility, in either case possibly to include funds for minor repairs and rehabilitation (subject to the limitations set forth in this Exhibit and the Agreement); provided that if the Assisted Living Facility includes an Alzheimer/Memory Care Unit, such Alzheimer/Memory Care Unit shall not exceed (x) 30% of the total units in such Assisted Living Facility or (y) 30% of the income generated by such Assisted Living Facility.  For the avoidance of doubt, Mortgage Loans secured by Skilled Nursing Facilities, Continuing Care Retirement Communities or purely Alzheimer/Memory Care Units shall not be Eligible Loans.

(13)Repairs and rehabilitation:  May not exceed 15% of Cost.

(14)Subordinate Mortgage Loans or mezzanine debt: Not Permitted.

(15)Sublimit: The aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Warehousing Advances against Qualified Seniors Facilities shall at no time exceed an amount equal to 50% of the Total Commitment Amount.

(16)Maximum amount of Mortgage Loan:  $15,000,000.

(17)Advance Rate: The lesser of (i) 49% of the as is value of the Mortgaged Property with respect to the particular Mortgage Loan based upon a third party MAI appraisal, reviewed and approved by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) 65% of the Mortgage Note Amount advanced by the Borrower with respect to the applicable Mortgage Loan.

(18)Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio: As of the date of the closing of the Mortgage Loan and as of the applicable Advance Date, the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio must be at least 1.50 to 1.00.

(19)Maximum Underlying Loan-to-Value Ratio and Loan-to-Cost Ratio: The Underlying Loan-to-Value Ratio may not exceed 75%, and the Loan-to-Cost Ratio may not exceed 75%.

(20)Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio: As of the date of the closing of the Mortgage Loan and as of the applicable Advance Date, the Underlying Debt Service Coverage Ratio must be at least 1.40 to 1.00.

(21)Warehouse Period: Unless extended as provided below, the earlier of (i) the maturity of the applicable Mortgage Loan, as the same may be extended, and (ii) two years from the date of the Warehousing Advance.

(22)Extension of Warehouse Period: The Warehouse Period may be extended for up to 1 year (i.e., for a total maximum Warehouse Period of 3 years), provided that the following conditions are all satisfied in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent:

(i)The underlying Mortgage Loan (as the same may have been extended) does not mature prior to the expiration of such period.

(ii)Within 45 calendar days prior to the expiration of the initial Warehouse Period, Administrative Agent has received (A) an updated appraisal of the as-is value and the as-stabilized value of the Mortgaged Property, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and (B) an updated assessment (in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent) as to the Mortgaged Property’s ability to qualify for the Applicable Targeted Permanent Loan Program initially identified in the Credit

Underwriting Documents and including an update of the Applicable Expected Permanent Loan Amount.

(iii)(A) Based upon the updated as-is appraised value of the Mortgaged Property and the updated assessment, (A) the Advance Rate would not be exceeded, (B) the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio as of the last day of the calendar month of the otherwise expiring Warehouse Period is at least 1.5 to 1.0, and (C) the then Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio does not exceed what the Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio was as of the applicable Advance Date, unless the Borrower makes a partial prepayment of the Warehousing Advance in an amount necessary so that (1) the outstanding amount of the Warehousing Advance does not exceed the Advance Rate then applicable to such Mortgage Loan, (2) the Warehousing Advance Debt Service Coverage Ratio is at least 1.5 to 1.0 and (3) the resulting Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio does not exceed what the Warehousing Advance-to-Targeted Principal Ratio was as of the applicable Advance Date.

(iv)Borrower has delivered any and all information underlying or supporting the calculations required by the preceding subsection, and the same shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent.

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTION VERSION

SECOND AMENDMENT TO WAREHOUSING

CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO WAREHOUSING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of April 8, 2013, by and among W&D INTERIM LENDER II LLC (the “Borrower”), WALKER & DUNLOP, INC. (the “Guarantor”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), and the lenders party hereto (the “Lenders”).

R E C I T A L S

The Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders are parties to, among other documents, instruments, and agreements, that certain Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of October 5, 2012 (as the same may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “Loan Agreement”).

Capitalized terms used in this Amendment without definition have the meanings specified therefor in the Loan Agreement.

The Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders desire to amend the Loan Agreement on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.             Amendments.  Effective on the Effective Date (as hereafter defined), the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting in its entirety the definition of Interest Payment Date where it appears in Section 15.1 and replacing it with the following:

“Interest Payment Date” means (a) prior to May 1, 2013, the first (1st) day of each calendar month, and (b) from and after May 1, 2013, the fifteenth (15th) day of each calendar month (for the avoidance of doubt, the Interest Payment Date occurring in May 2013 is May 15).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a day which otherwise would have been an Interest Payment Date is a Saturday, Sunday or day on which the Administrative Agent is required to be closed in Boston, Massachusetts, the Business Day immediately following such day shall be the related Interest Payment Date instead of such day.

2.             Acknowledgments by Borrower.  The Borrower acknowledges, confirms and agrees that:

(a)           This Amendment is a Loan Document.  From and after the Effective Date, all references to the Loan Agreement in any Loan Document shall be to the Loan

Agreement as amended by this Amendment and as it from time to time hereafter may be amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified.

(b)           Except as provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect, and the Borrower hereby (x) ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all and singular of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (y) represents and warrants that:

(i)            No Unmatured Default or Event of Default exists as of the date the Borrower executes this Amendment, nor will an Unmatured Default or Event of Default exist as of the Effective Date.

(ii)           The representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except as to (A) matters which speak to a specific date, and (B) changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Loan Agreement.

(iii)          The Borrower has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment, and the person executing and delivering this Amendment on behalf of the Borrower is and will be duly authorized to do so.

(iv)          This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the effect of equitable principles whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity.

(c)           The Borrower shall promptly pay upon receipt of an invoice or statement therefor the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with this Amendment and any prior matters involving the Loan.

(d)           The Borrower does not have any offsets, defenses, claims, counterclaims or causes of action of any kind or nature against the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any of its liabilities and obligations to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and, in any event, the Borrower specifically waives, releases, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have, from the beginning of the world to both the date hereof and the Effective Date, against the Administrative Agent, or any Lender or their respective current or former Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out

2

of or based upon any matter related to the Loan, the Obligations, the Loan Agreement, any other Loan Documents, or the administration thereof.

3.             Acknowledgements and Agreements of the Guarantor.

(a)           The Guarantor hereby ratifies and confirms all of the terms and conditions of the Guaranty, the Pledge Agreement, and the Loan Agreement, and represents and warrants that (i) the representations and warranties made or deemed made by the Guarantor in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, except as to matters which speak to a specific date and for changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Loan Documents, and (ii) no event has occurred or failed to occur, which occurrence or which failure to occur constitutes, or solely with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute, an Unmatured Default or an Event of Default.

(b)           Without limiting the foregoing, the Guarantor (i) reaffirms, and confirms its guaranty of all of the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Guaranty) as of the date hereof and as previously, and as hereafter from time to time may be, increased, reduced, modified, extended, renewed, amended, supplemented or restated, and notwithstanding the release of any collateral therefor or of any other Person liable for any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not the Guarantor executes a confirmation of the applicable Loan Documents in connection therewith, and (ii) agrees that neither the execution of this Amendment, nor the performance or consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, shall in any way limit, restrict, qualify, or extinguish the Guarantor’s liability under the terms of the applicable Loan Documents.

(c)           The Guarantor acknowledges, confirms and agrees that it does not have any offsets, defenses, claims, counterclaims or causes of action of any kind or nature against the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any of its liabilities and obligations to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and, in any event, the Guarantor specifically waives, releases, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have, from the beginning of the world to both the date hereof and the Effective Date, against the Administrative Agent, or any Lender or their respective current or former affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter related to the Loan, the Obligations, the Loan Agreement, any other Loan Documents, or the administration thereof.

(d)           The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the Guarantor has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment, that the person executing and delivering this Amendment on behalf of the Guarantor is duly authorized to do so, and that this Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor.

3

4.             Conditions Precedent.  This Amendment shall be effective upon the satisfaction by the Borrower of, or written waiver by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of, the following conditions, and any other conditions set forth in this Amendment, by no later than 4:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the date of this Amendment, as such time and date may be extended in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in their sole discretion (with the date, if at all, by which such conditions have been satisfied or waived being referred to herein as, the “Effective Date”), failing which this Amendment and all related documents shall be null and void at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

(a)           Delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the following:

(i)            This Amendment, duly executed by the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

(ii)           Such other documents as the Administrative Agent or any Lender reasonably may require, duly executed and delivered.

(b)           No Unmatured Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or will be caused by or result from the Borrower’s execution and delivery of this Amendment and the documents, instruments, and agreements related hereto, or the performance by the Borrower of its obligations thereunder.

(c)           The representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Guarantor contained in this Amendment or in any document, instrument, or agreement delivered or to be delivered in connection with this Amendment (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date that such representations and warranties were made (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date, which shall be true and correct as of such earlier date) and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Effective Date as if made on and as of such date (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date, which shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

(d)           In addition to all other expense payment and reimbursement obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower will, promptly following the receipt of an appropriate invoice therefor, pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender for all of their respective reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements) incurred  in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and any other documents in connection herewith and the matters addressed in and contemplated by, this Amendment.

5.             Miscellaneous.

(a)           This Amendment shall be governed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflict of laws principles) as an instrument under seal.

4

(b)           This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Signatures transmitted electronically (including by fax or e-mail) shall have the same legal effect as originals, but each party nevertheless shall deliver originally signed counterparts of this Amendment to each other party, upon request.

(c)           This Amendment constitutes the complete agreement among the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding relating to the subject matter of this Amendment, and may not be modified, altered, or amended except in accordance with the Loan Agreement.

(d)           Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Amendment.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

5

Executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

W&D INTERIM LENDER II LLC
By:			/s/ Stephen P. Theobald
Name:				Stephen P. Theobald
Title:				EVP, CFO & Treasurer
WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.
By:	/s/ Stephen P. Theobald
Name:				Stephen P. Theobald
Title:				EVP, CFO & Treasurer
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and a Lender
By:		/s/ Jane E. Huntington
Name:				Jane E. Huntington
Title				Senior Vice President

[Signature page to Second Amendment to Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement]

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

EXECUTION VERSION

THIRD AMENDMENT TO WAREHOUSING
CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO WAREHOUSING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of April 12, 2013, by and among WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC (the “Borrower”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as credit agent (the “Credit Agent”), and the lenders party hereto (the “Lenders”).

R E C I T A L S

The Borrower, the Credit Agent, and the Lenders are parties to, among other documents, instruments, and agreements, that certain Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of September 4, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified to the date hereof, the “Loan Agreement”).

Capitalized terms used in this Amendment without definition have the meanings specified therefor in the Loan Agreement.

The Borrower, the Credit Agent and the Lenders desire to amend the Loan Agreement on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.Amendments.  Effective on the Effective Date (as hereafter defined), the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a)Section 3.10 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“3.10 Continuing Authority of Authorized Representatives

Credit Agent is authorized to rely upon the continuing authority of the Persons hereafter designated by Borrower (“Authorized Representatives”) to bind Borrower with respect to (a) all matters pertaining to the Loan and the Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, the submission of requests for Warehousing Advances, and certificates with regard thereto, instructions with regard to the Operating Account and, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, the Collateral, and matters pertaining to the procedures and documentation for Warehousing Advances (any such Person so designated, a “Fully Authorized Representative”), or (b) such limited matters pertaining to the Loan as may be specified in writing by Borrower to Credit Agent. The identities and/or authorizations of the Authorized Representatives may be changed only upon written notice to

Credit Agent given by a Fully Authorized Representative, which notice shall be effective not sooner than five (5) Business Days following receipt thereof by Credit Agent.  The Authorized Representatives, and their respective levels of authorization if any such Person is not a Fully Authorized Representative, as of the Closing Date are listed on Exhibit D.  Credit Agent shall have a right of approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, over the identity of the Fully Authorized Representatives so as to assure Credit Agent that each Fully Authorized Representative is a responsible and senior employee of the Borrower.  Upon any change in the identities or authorizations of any Authorized Representative made from time to time in accordance with this Section, Exhibit D shall be deemed to have been amended, without further action or documentation.  Credit Agent may, and at Borrower’s or any Lender’s request shall, from time to time create an updated Exhibit D reflecting the then Authorized Representatives, which Credit Agent shall furnish to Borrower and all Lenders.”

(b)Section 13.1 is hereby amended as follows:

(i)The definition of “Applicable Margin” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Applicable Margin” means 1.65%.

(ii)The definition of “BBA LIBOR Daily Floating Rate” is hereby amended by (x) deleting the words”(“BBA LIBOR”)” where appearing in the second line thereof, and (y) adding the following text immediately after the words “British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate” where appearing in the second line thereof:

“or the successor thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (in either case, for the purposes of this definition, “BBA LIBOR”)”.

(iii)The following new definitions are hereby added in the proper alphabetical order:

“Change in Law” means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-

2

Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

“Fully Authorized Representative”  has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

(c)For all purposes of Section 3.9 of the Loan Agreement:

(i)References to changes in any law, rule, regulation or the like, regardless of the phrasing or terminology utilized, shall include any Change in Law as such term is defined in the definition thereof added by this Amendment.

(ii)References to any governmental agency, authority, or the like, regardless of the phrasing or terminology utilized, shall include any Governmental Authority as such term is defined in the definition thereof added by this Amendment.

(iii)References to any requirements of law, applicable law, or the like, regardless of the phrasing or terminology utilized, shall include FATCA as such term is defined in the definition thereof added by this Amendment.

3

(d)Attached hereto as Exhibit D is an updated Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement, reflecting all Authorized Representatives as of the Effective Date, which shall be subject to further modification from time to time as provided in Section 3.10 of the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

2.Acknowledgments by Borrower.  The Borrower acknowledges, confirms and agrees that:

(a)This Amendment is a Loan Document.  From and after the Effective Date, all references to the Loan Agreement in any Loan Document shall be to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment and as it from time to time hereafter may be amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified.

(b)Except as provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect, and the Borrower hereby (x) ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all and singular of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (y) represents and warrants that:

(i)No Default or Event of Default exists as of the date the Borrower executes this Amendment, nor will a Default or Event of Default exist as of the Effective Date.

(ii)The representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except as to (A) matters which speak to a specific date, and (B) changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Loan Agreement.

(iii)The Borrower has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment, and the person executing and delivering this Amendment on behalf of the Borrower is and will be duly authorized to do so.

(iv)This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the effect of equitable principles whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity.

(c)The Borrower shall promptly pay upon receipt of an invoice or statement therefor the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements incurred by the

4

Credit Agent and the Lenders in connection with this Amendment and any prior matters involving the Loan.

(d)The Borrower does not have any offsets, defenses, claims, counterclaims or causes of action of any kind or nature against the Credit Agent or any Lender with respect to any of its liabilities and obligations to the Credit Agent or any Lender, and, in any event, the Borrower specifically waives, releases, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have, from the beginning of the world to both the date hereof and the Effective Date, against the Credit Agent, or any Lender or their respective current or former Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter related to the Loan, the Obligations, the Loan Agreement, any other Loan Documents, or the administration thereof.

3.Conditions Precedent.  This Amendment shall be effective upon the satisfaction by the Borrower of, or written waiver by the Credit Agent and the Lenders of, the following conditions, and any other conditions set forth in this Amendment, by no later than 4:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the date of this Amendment, as such time and date may be extended in writing by the Credit Agent and the Lenders, in their sole discretion (with the date, if at all, by which such conditions have been satisfied or waived being referred to herein as, the “Effective Date”), failing which this Amendment and all related documents shall be null and void at the option of the Credit Agent and the Lenders:

(a)Delivery by the Borrower to the Credit Agent and each Lender of the following:

(i)This Amendment, duly executed by the Borrower, the Credit Agent and each Lender.

(ii)Such certificates of resolutions or other actions, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of an authorized officer of the Borrower as the Credit Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of the Borrower to enter into this Amendment and any other documents to be executed and delivered in connection herewith, and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each officer of the Borrower authorized to act on its behalf in connection with this Amendment and the other Loan Documents.

(iii)Such other documents as the Credit Agent or any Lender reasonably may require, duly executed and delivered.

(b)No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or will be caused by or result from the Borrower’s execution and delivery of this

5

Amendment and the documents, instruments, and agreements related hereto, or the performance by the Borrower of its obligations thereunder.

(c)The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in this Amendment or in any document, instrument, or agreement delivered or to be delivered in connection with this Amendment (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date that such representations and warranties were made  (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date, which shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Effective Date as if made on and as of such date  (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date, which shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

(d)In addition to all other expense payment and reimbursement obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower will, promptly following the receipt of an appropriate invoice therefor, pay or reimburse the Credit Agent and each Lender for all of their respective reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements) incurred  in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and any other documents in connection herewith and the matters addressed in and contemplated by, this Amendment.

4.Miscellaneous.

(a)This Amendment shall be governed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflict of laws principles) as an instrument under seal.

(b)This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Signatures transmitted electronically (including by fax or e-mail) shall have the same legal effect as originals, but each party nevertheless shall deliver originally signed counterparts of this Amendment to each other party, upon request.

(c)This Amendment constitutes the complete agreement among the Borrower, the Credit Agent, and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding relating to the subject matter of this Amendment, and may not be modified, altered, or amended except in accordance with the Loan Agreement.

(d)Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Amendment.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

6

Executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC
By:	/s/ Stephen P. Theobald
Name:	Stephen P. Theobald
Title:	EVP, CFO & Treasurer
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Credit Agent and a Lender
By:	/s/ Jane E. Huntington
Name:	Jane E. Huntington
Title:	Senior Vice President
TD BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:	/s/ Richard F. Hay
Name:	Richard F. Hay
Title:	Vice President

EXHIBIT D

Authorized Representatives

A.  Fully Authorized Representatives

Sandra Barlow

Debra Casale

Shannon Chase

Greg Florkowski

Shanekwa Harrison-Jones

Mary Hui

Veronica Langhofer

Kristen Layden

Wendy LeBlanc

Barbara Lloyd

Jim Schroeder

Stephen P. Theobald

Jenna Treible

William M. Walker

Richard C. Warner

B.  Authorized Representatives with limited authority (as marked below)

(Check all that apply)

Typed Name	Note Endorsements	Assignments of Mortgages	Requests for Advance	Trust Receipts	Shipping Requests	Preliminary Notices	Sources & Uses Statements
Elizabeth Kieffer	x	x		x	x	x	x
Stacy Kraft	x	x		x	x	x	x
Sue Nelson	x	x		x	x	x	x
Sheila Pasha	x	x		x	x	x	x
Nancy Miller	x	x		x	x	x	x
Leila Sugay	x	x		x	x	x	x
Jamie Pettit	x	x		x	x	x	x
Holly Shonosky	x	x		x	x	x	x
Loretta Webb	x	x		x	x	x	x
Kay Pappas	x	x		x	x	x	x
Nancy Sexton	x	x		x	x	x	x
Nancy McGrade	x	x		x	x	x	x
Leif Olsen	x	x		x	x	x	x

Charles Blessed	x	x	x	x	x	x
Melissa Frado	x	x	x	x	x	x
Katy Landolfi	x	x	x	x	x	x
Elaine Sullivan	x	x	x	x	x	x

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 302 CERTIFICATIONS

I, William M. Walker, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this report on Form 10-Q of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 9, 2013	By:	/s/ William M. Walker
		William M. Walker
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 302 CERTIFICATIONS

I, Stephen P. Theobald, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this report on Form 10-Q of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 9, 2013	By:	/s/ Stephen P. Theobald
		Stephen P. Theobald
		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EX-32

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION OF THE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
OF WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. for the period ended March 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of Walker & Dunlop, Inc., hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

Date: May 9, 2013	By:	/s/ William M. Walker
		William M. Walker
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
	By:	/s/ Stephen P. Theobald
		Stephen P. Theobald
		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

XML

WAREHOUSE NOTES PAYABLE (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified				0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013 Warehouse notes payable	Apr. 14, 2013 Committed warehouse facility #1	Mar. 31, 2013 Committed warehouse facility #1	Apr. 12, 2013 Committed warehouse facility #1	Apr. 02, 2013 Committed warehouse facility #2	Mar. 31, 2013 Committed warehouse facility #2	Mar. 31, 2013 Committed warehouse facility #3	Mar. 31, 2013 Committed warehouse facility #4	Mar. 31, 2013 Fannie Mae Repurchase agreement, uncommitted line and open maturity
NOTES PAYABLE
Maximum Amount			$ 1,610,000		$ 575,000			$ 450,000	$ 35,000	$ 50,000	$ 500,000
Outstanding Balance	$ 476,221	$ 1,084,539	$ 476,221		$ 284,095			$ 176,801	$ 7,125		$ 8,200
Reference rate for variable interest on the line of credit				30-day LIBOR	30-day LIBOR		30-day LIBOR	30-day LIBOR	30-day LIBOR	30-day LIBOR	30-day LIBOR
Basis points added to reference rate (as a percent)					1.85%	1.65%	1.50%	1.75%	2.50%	2.50%	1.15%

XML

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Credit Suisse
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
Percentage of ownership interest of related party in the entity	10.00%
Fees earned by related party	$ 0	$ 0.8
Fees payable	0.1
Amount of reduction due to the related party		2.5
Managing Member
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
Fees earned	$ 0.1	$ 0.2

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Details)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used to calculate basic earnings per share	33,570,130	21,750,573
Dilutive securities
Unvested restricted shares	586,630	97,707
Weighted average number of shares and share equivalents outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per share	34,156,760	21,848,280
Stock Options
Shares outstanding excluded from computation of earnings per share
Shares outstanding excluded from computation of earnings per share	7,375	122,493

XML

GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES
Contractual loan origination related fees, net	$ 22,260,000	$ 10,279,000
Fair value of expected future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment	21,871,000	10,083,000
Fair value of expected guaranty obligation	(1,200,000)	(560,000)
Total gains from mortgage banking activities	42,931,000	19,802,000
Co-broker fees from mortgage banking activities	$ 3,300,000	$ 3,500,000

XML

GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS

Summary of guarantee obligation

A summary of our guaranty obligation for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	21,155		$	9,921
Guaranty obligation recognized, following the sale of loan	2,154			1,002
Amortization of guaranty obligation	(957		)	(476		)
Ending Balance	$	22,352		$	10,447

Summary of allowance for risk-sharing

A summary of our allowance for risk-sharing for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Beginning balance	$	15,670	$	14,917
Provision for risk sharing obligations	401		1,224
Write-offs	—		(1,619		)
Ending Balance	$	16,071	$	14,522

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details 3) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Measurements
Derivative assets	$ 8,306	$ 21,258
Derivative liabilities	3,936	867
Level 3 | Derivative liabilities | Discounted cash flow
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Measurements
Derivative liabilities	3,936
Level 3 | Derivative assets | Discounted cash flow
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Measurements
Derivative assets	$ 8,306

XML

GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS (Details 2) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Allowance for risk-sharing for the contingent portion of the guaranty obligation
Beginning balance	$ 15,670,000	$ 14,917,000
Provisions for risk sharing obligations	401,000	1,224,000
Write-offs		(1,619,000)
Ending balance	16,071,000	14,522,000
Maximum quantifiable contingent liability associated with guarantees	$ 2,800,000,000

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Changes in stockholders' equity
Balances at the beginning of the period (in shares)	33,567,730
Balances at the beginning of the period	$ 353,176
Net income	7,726	5,839
Issuance of common shares in connection with equity incentive plans	119
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	(292)
Stock-based compensation	2,160
Tax benefit from vesting of restricted shares	161
Balances at the end of the period (in shares)	33,613,832
Balances at the end of the period	363,050
Common Stock
Changes in stockholders' equity
Balances at the beginning of the period (in shares)	33,567,730
Balances at the beginning of the period	336
Issuance of common shares in connection with equity incentive plans	62,151
Repurchase and retirement of common stock (in shares)	(16,049)
Balances at the end of the period (in shares)	33,613,832
Balances at the end of the period	336
Additional Paid-In Capital
Changes in stockholders' equity
Balances at the beginning of the period	236,823
Issuance of common shares in connection with equity incentive plans	119
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	(292)
Stock-based compensation	2,160
Tax benefit from vesting of restricted shares	161
Balances at the end of the period	238,971
Retained Earnings
Changes in stockholders' equity
Balances at the beginning of the period	116,017
Net income	7,726
Balances at the end of the period	$ 123,743

XML

GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

NOTE 4—GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

The gains from mortgage banking activities consisted of the following activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Contractual loan origination related fees, net	$	22,260		$	10,279
Fair value of expected future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment	21,871			10,083
Fair value of expected guaranty obligation	(1,200		)	(560		)
Total gains from mortgage banking activities	$	42,931		$	19,802

The origination fees shown in the table above are net of co-broker fees of $3.3 million and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details 4) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 65,405	$ 65,027	$ 40,811	$ 53,817
Restricted cash	7,750	7,130
Pledged securities	34,581	33,481
Derivative assets	8,306	21,258
Financial Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	3,936	867
Warehouse notes payable	476,221	1,084,539
Notes payable	78,850	80,925
Period of originated loans within which they are transferred or sold	60 days
Maximum term of interim loans	2 years
Maximum
Financial Liabilities:
Term of maturity of investments	90 days
Carrying Amount
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	65,405	65,027
Restricted cash	7,750	7,130
Pledged securities	34,581	33,481
Loans held for sale	479,779	1,101,561
Loans held for investment	9,487	9,468
Derivative assets	8,306	21,258
Total financial assets	605,308	1,237,925
Financial Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	3,936	867
Warehouse notes payable	476,221	1,084,539
Notes payable	78,850	80,925
Total financial liabilities	559,007	1,166,331
Fair Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	65,405	65,027
Restricted cash	7,750	7,130
Pledged securities	34,581	33,481
Loans held for sale	479,779	1,101,561
Loans held for investment	9,500	9,500
Derivative assets	8,306	21,258
Total financial assets	605,321	1,237,957
Financial Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	3,936	867
Warehouse notes payable	476,221	1,084,539
Notes payable	78,850	80,925
Total financial liabilities	$ 559,007	$ 1,166,331

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Summary of changes in stockholders' equity

A summary of changes in stockholders’ equity is presented below (dollars in thousands):

					Additional					Total
	Common Stock				Paid-In			Retained		Stockholders’
	Shares		Amount		Capital			Earnings		Equity
Balances at December 31, 2012	33,567,730		$	336	$	236,823		$	116,017	$	353,176
Net income	—		—		—			7,726		7,726
Issuance of common shares in connection with equity incentive plans	62,151		—		119			—		119
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	(16,049	)	—		(292		)	—		(292		)
Stock-based compensation	—		—		2,160			—		2,160
Tax benefit from vesting of restricted shares	—		—		161			—		161
Balances at March 31, 2013	33,613,832		$	336	$	238,971		$	123,743	$	363,050

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Schedule of weighted average shares and share equivalents that are used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013	2012
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used to calculate basic earnings per share	33,570,130	21,750,573
Dilutive securities
Unvested restricted shares	586,630	97,707
Weighted average number of shares and share equivaltents outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per share	34,156,760	21,848,280

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details 5) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value Adjustment Components
Assumed Gain (Loss) on Sale	$ 15,140	$ 44,214
Total Fair Value Adjustment	15,140	44,214
Balance Sheet Location
Derivative Assets	8,306	21,258
Derivative Liabilities	(3,936)	(867)
Fair Value Adjustment To Loans Held for Sale	10,666	23,699
Loans held for sale
Fair Value Adjustment Components
Notional or Principal Amount	469,113	1,077,862
Assumed Gain (Loss) on Sale	8,842	32,261
Interest Rate Movement Effect	1,824	(8,562)
Total Fair Value Adjustment	10,666	23,699
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value Adjustment To Loans Held for Sale	10,666	23,699
Rate lock commitments
Fair Value Adjustment Components
Notional or Principal Amount	168,130	302,373
Assumed Gain (Loss) on Sale	6,298	11,953
Interest Rate Movement Effect	1,635	(1,194)
Total Fair Value Adjustment	7,933	10,759
Balance Sheet Location
Derivative Assets	7,933	10,759
Forward sale contracts
Fair Value Adjustment Components
Notional or Principal Amount	637,243	1,380,235
Interest Rate Movement Effect	(3,459)	9,756
Total Fair Value Adjustment	(3,459)	9,756
Balance Sheet Location
Derivative Assets	373	10,499
Derivative Liabilities	$ (3,936)	$ (867)

XML

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		0 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013 state	Sep. 04, 2012 ARA Finance LLC	Sep. 04, 2012 ARA Finance LLC ARA Finco LLC	Sep. 04, 2012 CWCapital
ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Number of states in which the entity is approved as a Freddie Mac Program Plus lender	22
Maximum term of interim loans	2 years
ACQUISITION OF CWCAPITAL LLC
Total consideration transferred				$ 231.1
Purchase consideration paid in cash				80.0
Shares issuable under purchase consideration				11.6
Purchase consideration paid through the issuance of shares				$ 151.1
Percentage of ownership		50.00%
Percentage of ownership by joint venture			50.00%

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Net warehouse interest income
Warehouse interest income	$ 5,447	$ 2,575
Warehouse interest expense	3,824	1,638
Net warehouse interest income	$ 1,623	$ 937

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

NOTE 3—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following summarizes the Company’s goodwill activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	For the three months ended,
	March 31, 2013
Beginning balance	$	59,735
Retrospective adjustments	234
Impairment	—
Ending balance	$	59,969

The Company provisionally allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired, separately identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed related to the Acquisition based on their estimated acquisition date fair values. A change to the provisional amounts recorded for assets acquired, identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed during the measurement period affects the amount of the purchase price allocated to goodwill. Such changes to the purchase price allocation during the measurement period are recorded as retrospective adjustments to the consolidated financial statements. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company identified immaterial adjustments to certain of the provisional amounts recorded as shown in the table above. The adjustments were recorded based on information obtained subsequent to the acquisition date that related to information that existed as of the acquisition date.

The Purchase Agreement required the seller to provide the Company with a minimum working capital balance at the acquisition date. To the extent actual working capital on the acquisition date exceeded or fell below the minimum requirement, the Company would either pay or receive funds from the seller. On January 16, 2013, the Company and the seller agreed to extend the settlement of the working capital adjustment until certain servicing related receivables are finalized. The Company continues to recognize provisional amounts in its purchase price allocation related to these items as of March 31, 2013 as the settlement of working capital was not finalized as of March 31, 2013. Any adjustments to the provisional amounts recognized will be made upon finalization of working capital. We do not expect these adjustments to have a material impact on goodwill.

The following summarizes the Company’s other intangible assets, related to the Acquisition, as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	As of March 31, 2013
	Gross carrying value		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying value
Mortgage pipeline intangible asset	$	18,700	(16,460		)	$	2,240
Mortgage servicing rights	124,629		(15,046		)	109,583
	$	143,329	$	(31,506	)	$	111,823

The Company expects to amortize in 2013 the remaining March 31, 2013 net carrying value of the mortgage pipeline intangible asset. The expected amortization of Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs), which includes the MSRs acquired from CWCapital shown above, is disclosed in Note 5.

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013
Goodwill activity
Beginning balance	$ 59,735
Retrospective adjustments	234
Ending balance	59,969
Other intangible assets
Gross carrying value	143,329
Accumulated amortization	(31,506)
Net carrying value	111,823
Mortgage pipeline intangible asset
Other intangible assets
Gross carrying value	18,700
Accumulated amortization	(16,460)
Net carrying value	2,240
Mortgage servicing rights
Other intangible assets
Gross carrying value	124,629
Accumulated amortization	(15,046)
Net carrying value	$ 109,583

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Assets
Pledged securities	$ 34,581	$ 33,481
Derivative assets	8,306	21,258
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	3,936	867
Recurring basis | Quoted Prices in Active Markets For Identical Assets (Level 1)
Assets
Pledged securities	34,581	33,481
Total financial assets	34,581	33,481
Recurring basis | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Assets
Loans held for sale	479,779	1,101,561
Total financial assets	479,779	1,101,561
Recurring basis | Significant Other Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets
Derivative assets	8,306	21,258
Total financial assets	8,306	21,258
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	3,936	867
Total financial liabilities	3,936	867
Recurring basis | Balance as of Period End
Assets
Loans held for sale	479,779	1,101,561
Pledged securities	34,581	33,481
Derivative assets	8,306	21,258
Total financial assets	522,666	1,156,300
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	3,936	867
Total financial liabilities	$ 3,936	$ 867

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 65,405	$ 65,027
Restricted cash	7,750	7,130
Pledged securities, at fair value	34,581	33,481
Loans held for sale, at fair value	479,779	1,101,561
Loans held for investment	9,487	9,468
Servicing fees and other receivables, net	29,416	40,933
Derivative assets	8,306	21,258
Mortgage servicing rights	336,397	315,524
Goodwill	59,969	59,735
Intangible assets	3,348	4,644
Other assets	25,117	29,872
Total assets	1,059,555	1,688,633
Liabilities
Accounts payable and other accruals	36,346	66,763
Performance deposits from borrowers	6,694	9,503
Derivative liabilities	3,936	867
Guaranty obligation, net of accumulated amortization	22,352	21,155
Allowance for risk-sharing obligations	16,071	15,670
Deferred tax liability	56,035	56,035
Warehouse notes payable	476,221	1,084,539
Notes payable	78,850	80,925
Total liabilities	696,505	1,335,457
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred shares, Authorized 50,000,000, none issued.
Common stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized 200,000,000; issued and outstanding 33,613,832 shares in 2013 and 33,567,730 shares in 2012.	336	336
Additional paid-in capital	238,971	236,823
Retained earnings	123,743	116,017
Total stockholders' equity	363,050	353,176
Commitments and contingencies
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 1,059,555	$ 1,688,633

XML

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS, AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended				1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013 item	Nov. 30, 2011 item	Mar. 31, 2013 Capital Funding litigation item	Mar. 31, 2013 Capital Funding litigation Minimum	Mar. 31, 2013 Capital Funding litigation Maximum	Mar. 31, 2013 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program	Dec. 31, 2012 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program Tier 1 loans	Mar. 31, 2013 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program Tier 1 loans	Dec. 31, 2012 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program New Tier 2 loans	Mar. 31, 2013 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program New Tier 2 loans	Dec. 31, 2012 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program Existing Tier 2 loans	Mar. 31, 2013 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program Existing Tier 2 loans item	Dec. 31, 2012 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program US Treasuries	Mar. 31, 2013 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program US Treasuries	Dec. 31, 2012 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program US Federal Agency Securities	Mar. 31, 2013 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program US Federal Agency Securities	Dec. 31, 2012 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program Money market funds holding US Treasuries	Mar. 31, 2013 DUS risk-sharing obligations Fannie Mae DUS program Money market funds holding US Treasuries
LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Restricted liquidity collateral reduction percentage													0.00%	3.00%	3.00%	4.00%	0.00%	5.00%
Collateral requirements percentage (as a percent)							0.90%	1.10%	0.60%	0.75%	0.51%	0.75%
Period of funding for collateral requirement										48 months
Collateral requirements percentage by lender, quarterly increase												0.30%
Number of quarters for the funding of the increased collateral requirement												8
Amount of additional capital required to be funded on a quarterly basis												$ 6.2
Amount of addition collateral requirement						1.9						49.9
Net worth requirement						86.9
Net worth						190.1
Minimum liquid assets to be maintained to meet operational liquidity requirements						16.1
Operational liquidity						62.7
Amount of damages sought by plaintiff				30
Number of claims asserted against all defendants			3
Amount up to which the entity will be indemnifying Column					3.0
Amount agreed to be paid by William Walker and Mallory Walker to Column				3.0	6.0
Counts of breach of contract filed for summary judgment by defendants		2
Counts of promissory estoppel filed for summary judgment by defendants		2
Counts of unjust enrichment filed for summary judgment by defendants		2
Counts of unfair competition filed for summary judgment by defendants		2
Counts of unjust enrichment for which court issued Opinion and Order which granted the motion	1
Limited loss exposure amount of the Company			$ 3.0

XML

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

These financial statements represent the condensed consolidated financial position and results of operations of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Walker & Dunlop” and the “Company” mean the Walker & Dunlop consolidated companies. The statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. Because the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP, they should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (“2012 Form 10-K”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals except as otherwise noted herein) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the Company in the interim periods presented have been included. Results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013, or thereafter.

Walker & Dunlop is one of the leading commercial real estate finance companies in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. The Company originates, sells and services a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products. The Company’s clients are owners and developers of commercial real estate across the country. The Company originates and sells loans pursuant to the programs of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac,” and together with Fannie Mae, the government-sponsored enterprises, or the “GSEs”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) and the Federal Housing Administration, a division of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (together with Ginnie Mae, “HUD”), with which Walker & Dunlop has long-established relationships. The Company retains servicing rights and asset management responsibilities on nearly all loans that it sells to GSEs and HUD. Walker & Dunlop is approved as a Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”TM) lender nationally, a Freddie Mac Program Plus lender in 22 states and the District of Columbia, a HUD Multifamily Accelerated Processing (“MAP”) lender nationally, a HUD Section 232 LEAN lender nationally, and a Ginnie Mae issuer. The Company also originates and services loans for a number of life insurance companies and other institutional investors, in which cases it does not fund the loan but rather acts as a loan broker. Additionally, through our subsidiary entities, we provide institutional advisory, asset management, and investment management services specializing in debt, structured debt, and equity financing for commercial real estate.

The Company offers an interim loan program offering floating-rate debt, for terms of up to two years, to experienced borrowers seeking to acquire or reposition multifamily properties that do not currently qualify for permanent financing (“the Program”). The Company closed its first loans under the Program in 2012. The Company underwrites all loans originated through the Program. During the time they are outstanding, the Company assumes the full risk of loss on the loans.  In addition, the Company services and asset-manages loans originated through the Program, with the ultimate goal of providing permanent financing on the properties. These loans are classified as held for investment on the Company’s balance sheet during such time that they are outstanding.

On September 4, 2012, the Company closed its acquisition of CWCapital, LLC (“CWCapital”), at which time the total consideration transferred was valued at approximately $231.1 million, consisting of $80.0 million in cash and the Company’s issuance in a private placement to CW Financial Services, LLC (“CW Financial”) of approximately 11.6 million shares of common stock valued at approximately $151.1 million (the “Acquisition”). Upon closing of the Acquisition, CWCapital became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and was renamed Walker & Dunlop Capital, LLC. By virtue of the Company’s ownership of CWCapital, the Company also acquired a 50% ownership in ARA Finance LLC, a joint venture with ARA Finco LLC, in which ARA Finco LLC owns the remaining 50% of ARA Finance LLC. The Company does not have the ability to direct the activities of ARA Finance LLC; therefore, the Company accounts for its investment in ARA Finance LLC under the equity method of accounting.

The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflect the impact of the Acquisition, which materially affects the comparability to the prior year.

XML

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (Details 2) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Amortization of Mortgage Servicing Rights
2013	$ 45,168
2014	56,251
2015	49,932
2016	45,965
2017	40,934
2018	33,044
Thereafter	65,103
Net carrying value	336,397	315,524	142,621	137,079
Originated MSRs
Amortization of Mortgage Servicing Rights
2013	29,436
2014	36,686
2015	32,065
2016	29,565
2017	26,547
2018	22,576
Thereafter	49,939
Net carrying value	226,814
Acquired MSRs
Amortization of Mortgage Servicing Rights
2013	15,732
2014	19,565
2015	17,867
2016	16,400
2017	14,387
2018	10,468
Thereafter	15,164
Net carrying value	$ 109,583

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Schedule of goodwill activity

The following summarizes the Company’s goodwill activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	For the three months ended,
	March 31, 2013
Beginning balance	$	59,735
Retrospective adjustments	234
Impairment	—
Ending balance	$	59,969

Schedule of other intangible assets

The following summarizes the Company’s other intangible assets, related to the Acquisition, as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	As of March 31, 2013
	Gross carrying value		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying value
Mortgage pipeline intangible asset	$	18,700	(16,460		)	$	2,240
Mortgage servicing rights	124,629		(15,046		)	109,583
	$	143,329	$	(31,506	)	$	111,823

XML

GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Summary of guarantee obligation
Beginning balance	$ 21,155	$ 9,921
Guaranty obligation recognized, following the sale of loan	2,154	1,002
Amortization of guaranty obligation	(957)	(476)
Ending balance	$ 22,352	$ 10,447
Maximum delinquency period of loans at which initial loss recognition occurs	60 days

XML

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

Schedule of activity related to capitalized MSRs

Activity related to capitalized MSRs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	315,524		$	137,079
Additions, following the sale of loan	38,793			13,027
Amortization	(15,105		)	(6,350		)
Pre-payments and write-offs	(2,815		)	(1,135		)
Ending balance	$	336,397		$	142,621

Schedule of expected amortization of MSR

The expected amortization of MSR balances recorded as of March 31, 2013 is shown below (in thousands):

	Originated MSRs		Acquired MSRs		Total MSRs
	Amortization		Amortization		Amortization
Nine Months Ending December 31,
2013	$	29,436	$	15,732	$	45,168
Year Ending December 31,
2014	36,686		19,565		56,251
2015	32,065		17,867		49,932
2016	29,565		16,400		45,965
2017	26,547		14,387		40,934
2018	22,576		10,468		33,044
Thereafter	49,939		15,164		65,103
Total	$	226,814	$	109,583	$	336,397

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation—The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its consolidated entities. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company has evaluated all subsequent events.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including guaranty obligations, capitalized mortgage servicing rights, derivative instruments and hedging relationships, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may vary from these estimates.

Comprehensive Income—For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, comprehensive income equaled net income; therefore, a separate statement of comprehensive income is not included in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

Net Warehouse Interest Income—The Company presents warehouse interest income net of warehouse interest expense. Warehouse interest income is the interest earned from loans that are held for sale and those held for investment. Substantially all loans that are held for sale or for investment are financed with matched borrowings under our warehouse facilities incurred to fund a specific loan held for sale. Warehouse interest expense is incurred on borrowings used to fund loans solely while they are held for sale or for investment. Warehouse interest income and expense are earned or incurred on loans held for sale after a loan is closed and before a loan is sold. Warehouse interest income and expense are earned or incurred on loans held for investment after a loan is closed and before a loan is repaid. Included in net warehouse interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are the following components (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Warehouse interest income	$	5,447	$	2,575
Warehouse interest expense	3,824		1,638
Net warehouse interest income	$	1,623	$	937

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements—In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.  The ASU requires enhanced disclosures that will enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with an entity’s recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of the ASU. The FASB issued a subsequent ASU limiting the scope of ASU No. 2011-11 to derivatives, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements.  The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 (and interim periods within those annual periods), with retrospective application required.  The adoption of ASU No. 2011-11 on January 1, 2013 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. ASU No. 2012-02 allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is not more likely than not, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment.  The ASU is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of ASU No. 2012-02 on January 1, 2013 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2013, The FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. Among other things, an entity is required to present either parenthetically on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification. An entity does not need to show the income statement line item affected for certain components that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, such as amounts amortized into net periodic pension cost. The ASU is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-02 on January 1, 2013 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

There have been no material changes to the accounting policies discussed in Note 2 of the Company’s 2012 Form 10-K.

The Company has made certain immaterial reclassifications to prior-year balances to conform to current-year presentation.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
Preferred shares, authorized	50,000,000	50,000,000
Preferred shares, issued	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, Authorized	200,000,000	200,000,000
Common stock, issued	33,613,832	33,567,730
Common stock, outstanding	33,613,832	33,567,730

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

NOTE 12—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

A summary of changes in stockholders’ equity is presented below (dollars in thousands):

					Additional					Total
	Common Stock				Paid-In			Retained		Stockholders’
	Shares		Amount		Capital			Earnings		Equity
Balances at December 31, 2012	33,567,730		$	336	$	236,823		$	116,017	$	353,176
Net income	—		—		—			7,726		7,726
Issuance of common shares in connection with equity incentive plans	62,151		—		119			—		119
Repurchase and retirement of common stock	(16,049	)	—		(292		)	—		(292		)
Stock-based compensation	—		—		2,160			—		2,160
Tax benefit from vesting of restricted shares	—		—		161			—		161
Balances at March 31, 2013	33,613,832		$	336	$	238,971		$	123,743	$	363,050

XML

Document and Entity Information	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	May 06, 2013
Document and Entity Information
Entity Registrant Name	Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001497770
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2013
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		34,966,265
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q1

XML

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

NOTE 13—TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

As of March 31, 2013, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, through its ownership of Column, owns a 10% interest in the Company. From time to time, Credit Suisse refers HUD related financing opportunities to the Company, for which it receives fees. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, Credit Suisse had earned zero and $0.8 million, respectively, of fees for the referral of HUD transactions to the Company (co-broker fees). At March 31, 2013, the Company had accrued $0.1 million of co-broker fees payable to Credit Suisse.

On February 9, 2012, the Company entered into an amendment to the agreement regarding the allocation of origination fees and trade premiums generated by certain transactions between Credit Suisse and the Company and providing for other terms and conditions with respect to future loan origination opportunities. The amendment resulted in a $2.5 million reduction in the amount the Company owed to Credit Suisse at December 31, 2011, which was recognized as other revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

A third party entity, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily Equity I, LLC (the “Managing Member”), in which Mr. Walker and other individuals hold ownership, is the managing member of an investment fund. The Company provides consulting and related services to the Managing Member pursuant to a corporate services agreement for a fee which approximates our cost for such services. The amount of such fees was $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Revenues
Gains from mortgage banking activities	$ 42,931	$ 19,802
Servicing fees	21,141	9,379
Net warehouse interest income	1,623	937
Escrow earnings and other interest income	942	539
Other	2,548	3,745
Total revenues	69,185	34,402
Expenses
Personnel	28,283	11,641
Amortization and depreciation	17,256	7,241
Amortization of intangible assets	1,296	18
Provision for risk-sharing obligations	401	1,224
Interest expense on corporate debt	968	168
Other operating expenses	8,651	4,616
Total expenses	56,855	24,908
Income from operations	12,330	9,494
Income tax expense	4,604	3,655
Net income	$ 7,726	$ 5,839
Basic earnings per share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.23	$ 0.27
Diluted earnings per share (in dollars per share)	$ 0.23	$ 0.27
Basic weighted average shares outstanding (in shares)	33,570,130	21,750,573
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in shares)	34,156,760	21,848,280

XML

SERVICING

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SERVICING

SERVICING

NOTE 7—SERVICING

The total unpaid principal balance of loans the Company was servicing for various institutional investors was $36.8 billion as of March 31, 2013 compared to $16.9 billion as of March 31, 2012.

XML

GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS

GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS

NOTE 6—GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS

When a loan is sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program, the Company typically agrees to guarantee a portion of the ultimate loss incurred on the loan should the borrower fail to perform. The compensation for this risk is a component of the servicing fee on the loan. No guaranty is provided for loans sold under the Freddie Mac or HUD loan programs.

A summary of our guaranty obligation for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	21,155		$	9,921
Guaranty obligation recognized, following the sale of loan	2,154			1,002
Amortization of guaranty obligation	(957		)	(476		)
Ending Balance	$	22,352		$	10,447

The Company evaluates the allowance for risk-sharing obligations by monitoring the performance of each loan for triggering events or conditions that may signal a potential default. In situations where payment under the guaranty is probable and estimable on a specific loan, the Company records an additional liability for the estimated allowance for risk-sharing through a charge to the provision for risk-sharing obligations in the income statement, along with a write-off of the loan-specific MSR. The amount of the provision reflects our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower, the estimated disposition value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, the loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent. A summary of our allowance for risk-sharing for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Beginning balance	$	15,670	$	14,917
Provision for risk sharing obligations	401		1,224
Write-offs	—		(1,619		)
Ending Balance	$	16,071	$	14,522

As of March 31, 2013, the maximum quantifiable contingent liability associated with the Company’s guarantees under the Fannie Mae DUS agreement was $2.8 billion. The maximum quantifiable contingent liability is not representative of the actual loss the Company would incur. The Company would be liable for this amount only if all of the loans it services for Fannie Mae, for which the Company retains some risk of loss, were to default and all of the collateral underlying these loans was determined to be without value at the time of settlement.

XML

GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

Schedule of gains from mortgage banking activities

The gains from mortgage banking activities consisted of the following activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Contractual loan origination related fees, net	$	22,260		$	10,279
Fair value of expected future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment	21,871			10,083
Fair value of expected guaranty obligation	(1,200		)	(560		)
Total gains from mortgage banking activities	$	42,931		$	19,802

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

NOTE 14—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 11, 2013, the Company executed an amendment to its lease agreement for the Needham, MA office. The amendment, among other things, modified the leasable space of the office and required the payment of a modification fee. The leasable space was amended from 40,066 square feet through June 30, 2022 to (i) 45,955 square feet from the period January 1, 2013 to March 31, 2013, (ii) 44,825 square feet from the period April 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013, and (iii) 19,368 square feet from the period July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2023. In connection with the amendment, the Company incurred a modification fee of $0.8 million, which was charged to expense in the second quarter of 2013.

XML

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS, AND CONTINGENCIES

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS, AND CONTINGENCIES

LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS, AND CONTINGENCIES

NOTE 10—LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS, AND CONTINGENCIES

Fannie Mae DUS Related Commitments—Commitments for the origination and subsequent sale and delivery of loans to Fannie Mae represent those mortgage loan transactions where the borrower has locked an interest rate and scheduled closing and the Company has entered into a mandatory delivery commitment to sell the loan to Fannie Mae. As discussed in Note 9, the Company accounts for these commitments as derivatives recorded at fair value.

The Company is generally required to share the risk of any losses associated with loans sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program (the DUS risk-sharing obligations). The Company is required to secure this obligation by assigning restricted cash balances and securities to Fannie Mae. On March 29, 2013 Fannie Mae announced changes to the DUS Capital Standards that are retroactive to January 1, 2013. These changes, and the impact on the Company, are as follows:

· Restricted liquidity requirements for Tier 1 loans were increased from 90 basis points to 110 basis points. The increased reserve requirement must be met immediately. The Company currently has an insignificant number of Tier 1 loans in our portfolio which will be affected by the announced collateral changes, and does not expect it will have a material impact on the Company’s future operations;

· Restricted liquidity requirements for existing Tier 2 loans were increased from 60 basis points to 75 basis points. The restricted liquidity requirement on new Tier 2 loans will continue to be funded over a 48 month period that begins upon delivery of the loan to Fannie Mae. The restricted liquidity requirement on existing Tier 2 mortgage loans will increase gradually (from 51 basis points as of December 31, 2012) by three basis points per quarter for eight quarters through December 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2013, the increased reserve requirement for existing Tier 2 loans from 51 basis points to 75 basis points on Tier 2 loans requires the Company to fund $49.9 million in additional restricted liquidity over the eight quarters beginning with March 31, 2013, or $6.2 million per quarter.

· Restricted liquidity held as collateral in the form of US Treasuries will experience a collateral reduction increasing from 0% to 3%, the discount on US Federal Agency Securities will increase from 3% to 4%, and the discount on money market funds holding US Treasuries will increase from 0% to 5%. As of March 31, 2013, the Company held all of its restricted liquidity in money market funds holding US Treasuries.

As a result of these changes, the Company was required to fund an additional $1.9 million of restricted reserves to satisfy the new requirements established by Fannie Mae. As of April 30, 2013, the Company has funded the additional restricted liquidity in order to satisfy its obligations with respect to the DUS Capital Standards. Fannie Mae will reassess the DUS Capital Standards on or before June 30, 2014. The Company generates sufficient cash flow from its operations to meet these new capital standards and does not expect these changes to have a material impact on its future operations; however, future changes to collateral requirements may adversely impact the Company.

Under the provisions of the DUS agreement, the Company must also maintain a certain level of liquid assets referred to as the operational and unrestricted portions of the required reserves each year. These requirements were satisfied by the Company as of March 31, 2013.

Fannie Mae has established benchmark standards for capital adequacy, and reserves the right to terminate the Company’s servicing authority for all or some of the portfolio, if at any time it determines that the Company’s financial condition is not adequate to support its obligation under the DUS agreement. The Company is required to maintain acceptable net worth as defined in the agreement, and the Company satisfied the requirements as of March 31, 2013. The net worth requirement is derived primarily from unpaid balances on Fannie Mae loans and the level of risk-sharing. At March 31, 2013, the net worth requirement was $86.9 million and the Company’s net worth was $190.1 million, as defined. As of March 31, 2013, the Company was required to maintain at least $16.1 million of liquid assets to meet our operational liquidity requirements, as defined in the agreements, for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD and Ginnie Mae. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had operational liquidity of $62.7 million.

Litigation—Capital Funding litigation— On February 17, 2010, Capital Funding Group, Inc. (“Capital Funding”) filed a lawsuit in the state Circuit Court of Montgomery County, Maryland against Walker & Dunlop, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, for alleged breach of contract, unjust enrichment and unfair competition arising out of an alleged agreement that Capital Funding had with Column Guaranteed, LLC (“Column”) to refinance a large portfolio of senior healthcare facilities located throughout the United States (the “Golden Living Facilities”). Capital Funding alleges that a contract existed between it and Column (and its affiliates) whereby Capital Funding allegedly had the right to perform the HUD refinancing for the Golden Living Facilities and according to which Capital Funding provided certain alleged proprietary information to Column and its affiliates relating to the refinancing of the Golden Living Facilities on a confidential basis. Capital Funding further alleges that Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as the alleged successor by merger to Column, is bound by Column’s alleged agreement with Capital Funding, and breached the agreement by taking for itself the opportunity to perform the HUD refinancing for the Golden Living Facilities.

Capital Funding further claims that Column and its affiliates and Walker & Dunlop, LLC breached the contract, were unjustly enriched, and committed unfair competition by using Capital Funding’s alleged proprietary information for certain allegedly unauthorized purposes.  Capital Funding also asserts a separate unfair competition claim against Walker & Dunlop, LLC in which it alleges that Walker & Dunlop, LLC is improperly “taking credit” on its website for certain work actually performed by Capital Funding. Capital Funding seeks damages in excess of $30 million on each of the three claims asserted against all defendants, and an unspecified amount of damages on the separate claim for unfair competition against Walker & Dunlop, LLC.  Capital Funding also seeks injunctive relief in connection with its unjust enrichment and unfair competition claims.

Pursuant to an agreement, dated January 30, 2009 (the “Column Transaction Agreement”), among Column, Walker & Dunlop, LLC, W&D, Inc. and Green Park, Column generally agreed to indemnify Walker & Dunlop, LLC against liability arising from Column’s conduct prior to Column’s transfer of the assets to Walker & Dunlop, LLC. However, pursuant to the Column Transaction Agreement, Column’s indemnification obligation arises only after Column receives a claim notice following the resolution of the litigation that specifies the amount of Walker & Dunlop, LLC’s claim.

To provide for greater certainty regarding Column’s indemnification obligations before the resolution of this litigation and to cap our total loss exposure, the Company secured a further agreement from Column in November 2010 confirming that it will indemnify the Company for any liabilities that arise as a result of this litigation. As part of this further indemnification agreement, in the event Column is required to pay the Company for any liabilities under the Capital Funding litigation that it otherwise would not have been obligated to pay under the Column Transaction Agreement, the Company will indemnify Column for an amount up to $3.0 million. Also as part of this further indemnification agreement, William Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mallory Walker, former Chairman and current stockholder, in their individual capacities, agreed that if Column is required to indemnify the Company under this agreement and otherwise would not have been obligated to pay such amounts under the Column Transaction Agreement, Messrs. William Walker and Mallory Walker will pay any such amounts in excess of $3.0 million but equal to or less than $6.0 million. As a result of this agreement, the Company will have no liability or other obligation for any damage amounts in excess of $3.0 million arising out of this litigation. Although Column has assumed defense of the case for all defendants, and is paying applicable counsel fees, as a result of the indemnification claim procedures described above, the Company could be required to bear the significant costs of the litigation and any adverse judgment unless and until the Company is able to prevail on our indemnification claim. The Company believes that it will fully prevail on its indemnification claims against Column, and that the Company ultimately will incur no material loss as a result of this litigation, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. Accordingly, we have not recorded a loss contingency for this litigation.

On July 19, 2011, the Circuit Court for Montgomery County, Maryland issued an order granting the defendants’ motion to dismiss the case; without prejudice. After the initial case was dismissed without prejudice, Capital Funding filed an amended complaint. In November 2011, the Circuit Court of Montgomery County rejected the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint. Capital Funding filed a Second Amended Complaint that did not alter the claims at issue but revised their alleged damages. Defendants moved for summary judgment on all claims, including two counts of breach of contract, two counts of promissory estoppel, two counts of unjust enrichment, and two counts of unfair competition.  On April 30, 2013, the Court issued an Opinion and Order which granted the motion as to the promissory estoppel counts and one count of unjust enrichment.  The court denied the motion as to all remaining claims. Fact discovery in the case has concluded, and a trial is scheduled to begin on the remaining claims on July 8, 2013.

As a result of the indemnification listed above, the Company’s loss exposure is limited to $3.0 million.

The Company cannot predict the outcome of any pending litigation and may be subject to consequences that could include fines, penalties and other costs, and our reputation and business may be impacted. The Company’s management believes that any liability that could be imposed on the Company in connection with the disposition of any pending lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

In the normal course of business, the Company may be party to various claims and litigation, none of which the Company believes is material.

XML

WAREHOUSE NOTES PAYABLE

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

WAREHOUSE NOTES PAYABLE

WAREHOUSE NOTES PAYABLE

NOTE 8—WAREHOUSE NOTES PAYABLE

The maximum borrowing amounts and outstanding balances under the warehouse notes payable as of March 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

	Maximum		Outstanding
Facility	Amount		Balance		Interest rate
Committed warehouse facility #1	$	575,000	$	284,095	Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.85%
Committed warehouse facility #2	450,000		176,801		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.75%
Committed warehouse facility #3	35,000		7,125		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 2.50%
Committed warehouse facility #4	50,000		—		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 2.50%
Fannie Mae Repurchase agreement, uncommited line and open maturity	500,000		8,200		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.15%
Total	$	1,610,000	$	476,221

On April 2, 2013, the Company executed an amendment to the warehouse agreement related to warehouse facility #2, reducing the interest rate under the line to 30-day LIBOR plus 150 basis points. No other material modifications were made to the agreement.

On April 12, 2013, the Company executed an amendment to the warehousing agreement related to warehouse facility #1, reducing the interest rate under the line to 30-day LIBOR plus 165 basis points. No other material modifications were made to the agreement.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

NOTE 9—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company uses valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach to measure assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

· Level 1—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

· Level 2—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

· Level 3—Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall valuation.

The Company’s MSRs are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. That is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The Company’s MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, precise terms and conditions vary with each transaction and are not readily available. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of MSRs was developed using discounted cash flow models that calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model considers contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service and other economic factors. The Company reassesses and periodically adjusts the underlying inputs and assumptions used in the model to reflect observable market conditions and assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing an MSR asset. MSRs are carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s assets and liabilities carried at fair value:

· Derivative Instruments—The derivative positions consist of interest rate lock commitments and forward sale agreements. These instruments are valued using a discounted cash flow model developed based on changes in the U.S. Treasury rate and other observable market data. The value was determined after considering the potential impact of collateralization, adjusted to reflect nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and the Company and are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

· Loans held for sale—The loans held for sale are reported at fair value. The Company determines the fair value of the loans held for sale using discounted cash flow models that incorporate quoted observable prices from market participants. Therefore, the Company classifies these loans held for sale as Level 2.

· Pledged Securities—The pledged securities are valued using quoted market prices from recent trades. Therefore, the Company classifies pledged securities as Level 1.

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy used to measure fair value (in thousands):

	Quoted Prices in		Significant		Significant
	Active Markets		Other		Other
	For Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs		Balance as of
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Period End
March 31, 2013
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	479,779	$	—	$	479,779
Pledged securities	34,581		—		—		34,581
Derivative assets	—		—		8,306		8,306
Total	$	34,581	$	479,779	$	8,306	$	522,666
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	3,936	$	3,936
Total	$	—	$	—	$	3,936	$	3,936
December 31, 2012
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	1,101,561	$	—	$	1,101,561
Pledged securities	33,481		—		—		33,481
Derivative assets	—		—		21,258		21,258
Total	$	33,481	$	1,101,561	$	21,258	$	1,156,300
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	867	$	867
Total	$	—	$	—	$	867	$	867

There were no transfers between any of the levels within the fair value hierarchy during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Derivative instruments (Level 3) are outstanding for short periods of time (generally less than 60 days) and are not outstanding for more than one period. A roll forward of derivative instruments which require valuations based upon significant unobservable inputs, is presented below for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs:
	Derivative Instruments
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
Derivative assets and liabilities, net
Beginning balance, December 31, 2012	$	20,391
Settlements	(58,951		)
Realized gains recorded in earnings (1)	38,560
Unrealized gains recorded in earnings (1)	4,370
Ending balance, March 31, 2013	$	4,370
	Derivative Instruments
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
Derivative assets and liabilities, net
Beginning balance, December 31, 2011	$	5,415
Settlements	(15,715		)
Realized gains recorded in earnings (1)	10,300
Unrealized gains recorded in earnings (1)	9,502
Ending balance, March 31, 2012	$	9,502

(1) Realized and unrealized gains from derivatives are recognized in the gains from mortgage banking activities line item in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table presents information about significant unobservable inputs used in the measurement of the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities (in thousands):

	Quantitative Information about Level 3 Measurements
	Fair Value		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input (1)	Input Value (1)
Derivative assets	$	8,306	Discounted cash flow	Counterparty credit risk	—
Derivative liabilities	3,936		Discounted cash flow	Counterparty credit risk	—

(1) Significant increases (decreases) in this input may lead to significantly lower (higher) fair value measurements.

The carrying amounts and the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, are presented below (in thousands):

	March 31, 2013				December 31, 2012
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	65,405	$	65,405	$	65,027	$	65,027
Restricted cash	7,750		7,750		7,130		7,130
Pledged securities	34,581		34,581		33,481		33,481
Loans held for sale	479,779		479,779		1,101,561		1,101,561
Loans held for investment	9,487		9,500		9,468		9,500
Derivative assets	8,306		8,306		21,258		21,258
Total financial assets	$	605,308	$	605,321	$	1,237,925	$	1,237,957
Financial Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	$	3,936	$	3,936	$	867	$	867
Warehouse notes payable	476,221		476,221		1,084,539		1,084,539
Notes payable	78,850		78,850		80,925		80,925
Total financial liabilities	$	559,007	$	559,007	$	1,166,331	$	1,166,331

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash—The carrying amounts, at face value or cost plus accrued interest, approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments (Level 1).

Pledged Securities—Consist of highly liquid investments in commercial paper of AAA rated entities and investments in money market accounts invested in government securities. Investments typically have maturities of 90 days or less, and are valued using quoted market prices from recent trades.

Loans Held For Sale—Consist of originated loans that are generally transferred or sold within 60 days from the date that a mortgage loan is funded, and are valued using discounted cash flow models that incorporate observable prices from market participants.

Loans HeldFor Investment—Consist of originated interim loans which the Company expects to hold for investment for periods of up to two years, and are valued using discounted cash flow models that incorporate observable prices from market participants (Level 2).

Derivative Instruments—Consist of interest rate lock commitments and forward sale agreements. These instruments are valued using discounted cash flow models developed based on changes in the U.S. Treasury rate and other observable market data. The value is determined after considering the potential impact of collateralization, adjusted to reflect nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and the Company.

Warehouse Notes Payable—Consist of borrowings outstanding under warehouse line agreements. The borrowing rates on the warehouse lines are based upon average 30-day LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments (Level 1).

Notes Payable—Consist of borrowings outstanding under term note agreements. The borrowing rates on the notes payable are based upon average 30-day LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The Company estimates the fair value by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument at market rates (Level 2).

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments and Loans Held for Sale—In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual commitments to originate (purchase) and sell multifamily mortgage loans at fixed prices with fixed expiration dates. The commitments become effective when the borrowers “lock-in” a specified interest rate within time frames established by the Company. All mortgagors are evaluated for creditworthiness prior to the extension of the commitment. Market risk arises if interest rates move adversely between the time of the “lock-in” of rates by the borrower and the sale date of the loan to an investor.

To mitigate the effect of the interest rate risk inherent in providing rate lock commitments to borrowers, the Company’s policy is to enter into a sale commitment with the investor simultaneously with the rate lock commitment with the borrower. The sale contract with the investor locks in an interest rate and price for the sale of the loan. The terms of the contract with the investor and the rate lock with the borrower are matched in substantially all respects, with the objective of eliminating interest rate risk to the extent practical. Sale commitments with the investors have an expiration date that is longer than our related commitments to the borrower to allow, among other things, for the closing of the loan and processing of paperwork to deliver the loan into the sale commitment.

Both the rate lock commitments to borrowers and the forward sale contracts to buyers are undesignated derivatives and, accordingly, are marked to fair value through the gains on mortgage banking activities line item in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The fair value of the Company’s rate lock commitments to borrowers and loans held for sale and the related input levels includes, as applicable:

· the assumed gain/loss of the expected resultant loan sale to the buyer;

· the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan (Level 2);

· the effects of interest rate movements between the date of the rate lock and the balance sheet date (Level 2); and

· the nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and the Company (Level 3).

The fair value of the Company’s forward sales contracts to investors considers effects of interest rate movements between the trade date and the balance sheet date (Level 2). The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The assumed gain/loss considers the amount that the Company has discounted the price to the borrower from par for competitive reasons, if at all, and the expected net cash flows from servicing to be received upon securitization of the loan. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan is calculated pursuant to the valuation techniques described previously for mortgage servicing rights.

To calculate the effects of interest rate movements, the Company uses applicable published U.S. Treasury prices, and multiplies the price movement between the rate lock date and the balance sheet date by the notional loan commitment amount.

The fair value of the Company’s forward sales contracts to investors considers the market price movement of the same type of security between the trade date and the balance sheet date (Level 2). The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts is adjusted to reflect the risk that the agreement will not be fulfilled. The Company’s exposure to nonperformance in rate lock and forward sale contracts is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Given the credit quality of our counterparties, the short duration of interest rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts, and the Company’s historical experience with the agreements, the risk of nonperformance by the Company’s counterparties is not significant.

	Fair Value Adjustment Components										Balance Sheet Location
																Fair Value
	Notional or		Assumed		Interest Rate			Total								Adjustment
	Principal		Gain (Loss)		Movement			Fair Value			Derivative		Derivative			To Loans
(in thousands)	Amount		on Sale		Effect			Adjustment			Assets		Liabilities			Held for Sale
March 31, 2013
Rate lock commitments	$	168,130	$	6,298	$	1,635		$	7,933		$	7,933	$	—		$	—
Forward sale contracts	637,243		—		(3,459		)	(3,459		)	373		(3,936		)	—
Loans held for sale	469,113		8,842		1,824			10,666			—		—			10,666
Total			$	15,140	$	—		$	15,140		$	8,306	$	(3,936	)	$	10,666
December 31, 2012
Rate lock commitments	$	302,373	$	11,953	$	(1,194	)	$	10,759		$	10,759	$	—		$	—
Forward sale contracts	1,380,235		—		9,756			9,756			10,499		(867		)
Loans held for sale	1,077,862		32,261		(8,562		)	23,699			—		—			23,699
Total			$	44,214	$	—		$	44,214		$	21,258	$	(867	)	$	23,699

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

EARNINGS PER SHARE

EARNINGS PER SHARE

NOTE 11—EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following weighted average shares and share equivalents are used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013	2012
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used to calculate basic earnings per share	33,570,130	21,750,573
Dilutive securities
Unvested restricted shares	586,630	97,707
Weighted average number of shares and share equivaltents outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per share	34,156,760	21,848,280

The assumed proceeds used in the treasury method used for calculating the dilutive impact of restricted stock awards includes the unrecognized compensation costs and excess tax benefits associated with the awards. Options issued under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase 7,375 and 122,493 shares of common stock were outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

XML

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Activity related to capitalized MSRs
Beginning balance	$ 315,524,000	$ 137,079,000
Additions, following the sale of loan	38,793,000	13,027,000
Amortization	(15,105,000)	(6,350,000)
Pre-payments and write-offs	(2,815,000)	(1,135,000)
Ending balance	336,397,000	142,621,000
Fair value of the MSRs	373,700,000		350,500,000
Decrease in fair value as a result of 100 basis point increase in discount rate	11,700,000
Decrease in fair value as a result of 200 basis point increase in discount rate	$ 22,700,000
Sensitivity Analysis of Fair Value, example 1, impact of percent adverse change in discount rate, percent	0.01
Sensitivity Analysis of Fair Value, example 2, impact of percent adverse change in discount rate, percent	0.02
Minimum
Discount rate
Discount rate used for loans originated (as a percent)	10.00%	10.00%
Reduction in estimated life	6 months
Maximum
Discount rate
Discount rate used for loans originated (as a percent)	15.00%	15.00%
Reduction in estimated life	12 months

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Schedule of net warehouse interest income

Included in net warehouse interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are the following components (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Warehouse interest income	$	5,447	$	2,575
Warehouse interest expense	3,824		1,638
Net warehouse interest income	$	1,623	$	937

XML

WAREHOUSE NOTES PAYABLE (Tables) (Warehouse notes payable)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Warehouse notes payable

Notes payable

Schedule of maximum borrowing amounts and outstanding balances under the warehouse notes payable

The maximum borrowing amounts and outstanding balances under the warehouse notes payable as of March 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

	Maximum		Outstanding
Facility	Amount		Balance		Interest rate
Committed warehouse facility #1	$	575,000	$	284,095	Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.85%
Committed warehouse facility #2	450,000		176,801		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.75%
Committed warehouse facility #3	35,000		7,125		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 2.50%
Committed warehouse facility #4	50,000		—		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 2.50%
Fannie Mae Repurchase agreement, uncommited line and open maturity	500,000		8,200		Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.15%
Total	$	1,610,000	$	476,221

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Details) (Needham, MA office lease agreement, USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended
	Apr. 11, 2013
Subsequent events
Leasable space of the office (in square feet)	40,066
Subsequent event
Subsequent events
Modification fees in connection with the amendment of lease agreement	$ 0.8
Subsequent event | Leasable space from January 1, 2013 to March 31, 2013
Subsequent events
Leasable space of the office (in square feet)	45,955
Subsequent event | Leasable space from April 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013
Subsequent events
Leasable space of the office (in square feet)	44,825
Subsequent event | Leasable space from July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2023
Subsequent events
Leasable space of the office (in square feet)	19,368

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details 2) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Higher maturity term	60 days
Maximum number of period for which derivative is outstanding	1
Derivative assets and liabilities, net
Roll forward of derivative instruments which require valuations based upon significant unobservable inputs
Balance at the beginning of the period	$ 20,391	$ 5,415
Settlements	(58,951)	(15,715)
Realized gains recorded in earnings	38,560	10,300
Unrealized gains recorded in earnings	4,370	9,502
Balance at the end of the period	$ 4,370	$ 9,502

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 7,726	$ 5,839
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Gains attributable to fair value of future servicing rights, net of guaranty obligation	(20,671)	(9,523)
Gains attributable to fair value of premium and origination fees	13,339	14
Gain on sale of MSR, less prepayment of MSR		(2)
Provision for risk-sharing obligations	401	1,224
Amortization and depreciation	18,552	7,259
Originations of loans held for sale	(1,575,750)	(648,055)
Sales of loans to third parties	2,184,346	641,398
Amortization of deferred loan fees and costs	(19)	(4)
Stock compensation	2,160	681
Tax benefit from vesting of equity awards	(161)
Amortization of leasehold inducement		39
Cash allowance received from landlord		1,301
Cash paid to settle risk-sharing obligations		(1,619)
Changes in:
Restricted cash and pledged securities	(1,720)	1,441
Servicing fees and other receivables	11,348	3,305
Derivative fair value adjustments		15
Other assets	5,880	(85)
Accounts payable and other accruals	(30,651)	(19,986)
Performance deposits from borrowers	(2,809)	(4,619)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	611,971	(21,377)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(1,188)	(1,922)
Net increase in loans held for investment		(6,943)
Net cash used in investing activities	(1,188)	(8,865)
Cash flows from financing activities:
(Repayments) borrowings of warehouse notes payable, net	(608,318)	18,259
Repayments of notes payable	(2,075)	(900)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	119	1
Repurchase of common stock	(292)	(124)
Tax benefit from vesting of equity awards	161
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(610,405)	17,236
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	378	(13,006)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	65,027	53,817
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	65,405	40,811
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid to third parties for interest	4,762	1,180
Cash paid for taxes	$ 194	$ 3,314

XML

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

NOTE 5—MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

MSRs represent the fair value of the servicing rights retained by the Company for mortgage loans originated and sold. The capitalized amount is equal to the estimated fair value of the expected net cash flows associated with the servicing rights. The following describes the key assumptions used in calculating each loan’s MSR:

Discount rate—Depending upon loan type, the discount rate used is management’s best estimate of market discount rates. The rates used for loans originated were 10% to 15% for each of the three-month periods presented.

Estimated Life—The estimated life of the MSRs is derived based upon the stated yield maintenance and/or prepayment protection term of the underlying loan and may be reduced by 6 to 12 months based upon the expiration of various types of prepayment penalty and/or lockout provisions prior to that stated maturity date.

Servicing Cost—The estimated future cost to service the loan for the estimated life of the MSR is subtracted from the estimated future cash flows.

The fair value of the MSRs was $373.7 million and $350.5 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Company uses a discounted static cash flow valuation approach and the key economic assumption is the discount rate. For example see the following sensitivities:

The impact of a 100 basis point increase in the discount rate at March 31, 2013, is a decrease in the fair value of $11.7 million.

The impact of a 200 basis point increase in the discount rate at March 31, 2013, is a decrease in the fair value of $22.7 million.

Activity related to capitalized MSRs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	315,524		$	137,079
Additions, following the sale of loan	38,793			13,027
Amortization	(15,105		)	(6,350		)
Pre-payments and write-offs	(2,815		)	(1,135		)
Ending balance	$	336,397		$	142,621

The expected amortization of MSR balances recorded as of March 31, 2013 is shown below (in thousands):

	Originated MSRs		Acquired MSRs		Total MSRs
	Amortization		Amortization		Amortization
Nine Months Ending December 31,
2013	$	29,436	$	15,732	$	45,168
Year Ending December 31,
2014	36,686		19,565		56,251
2015	32,065		17,867		49,932
2016	29,565		16,400		45,965
2017	26,547		14,387		40,934
2018	22,576		10,468		33,044
Thereafter	49,939		15,164		65,103
Total	$	226,814	$	109,583	$	336,397

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Summary of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy used to measure fair value (in thousands):

	Quoted Prices in		Significant		Significant
	Active Markets		Other		Other
	For Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs		Balance as of
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Period End
March 31, 2013
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	479,779	$	—	$	479,779
Pledged securities	34,581		—		—		34,581
Derivative assets	—		—		8,306		8,306
Total	$	34,581	$	479,779	$	8,306	$	522,666
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	3,936	$	3,936
Total	$	—	$	—	$	3,936	$	3,936
December 31, 2012
Assets
Loans held for sale	$	—	$	1,101,561	$	—	$	1,101,561
Pledged securities	33,481		—		—		33,481
Derivative assets	—		—		21,258		21,258
Total	$	33,481	$	1,101,561	$	21,258	$	1,156,300
Liabilities
Derivative liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	867	$	867
Total	$	—	$	—	$	867	$	867

Schedule of roll forward of derivative instruments which require valuations based upon significant unobservable inputs

A roll forward of derivative instruments which require valuations based upon significant unobservable inputs, is presented below for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs:
	Derivative Instruments
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
Derivative assets and liabilities, net
Beginning balance, December 31, 2012	$	20,391
Settlements	(58,951		)
Realized gains recorded in earnings (1)	38,560
Unrealized gains recorded in earnings (1)	4,370
Ending balance, March 31, 2013	$	4,370
	Derivative Instruments
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
Derivative assets and liabilities, net
Beginning balance, December 31, 2011	$	5,415
Settlements	(15,715		)
Realized gains recorded in earnings (1)	10,300
Unrealized gains recorded in earnings (1)	9,502
Ending balance, March 31, 2012	$	9,502

(1) Realized and unrealized gains from derivatives are recognized in the gains from mortgage banking activities line item in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Schedule of significant unobservable inputs used in the measurement of the fair value of Level 3 assets and liabilities

The following table presents information about significant unobservable inputs used in the measurement of the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities (in thousands):

	Quantitative Information about Level 3 Measurements
	Fair Value		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input (1)	Input Value (1)
Derivative assets	$	8,306	Discounted cash flow	Counterparty credit risk	—
Derivative liabilities	3,936		Discounted cash flow	Counterparty credit risk	—

(1) Significant increases (decreases) in this input may lead to significantly lower (higher) fair value measurements.

Schedule of carrying amounts and the fair values of the company's financial instruments

The carrying amounts and the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, are presented below (in thousands):

	March 31, 2013				December 31, 2012
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
	Amount		Value		Amount		Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	65,405	$	65,405	$	65,027	$	65,027
Restricted cash	7,750		7,750		7,130		7,130
Pledged securities	34,581		34,581		33,481		33,481
Loans held for sale	479,779		479,779		1,101,561		1,101,561
Loans held for investment	9,487		9,500		9,468		9,500
Derivative assets	8,306		8,306		21,258		21,258
Total financial assets	$	605,308	$	605,321	$	1,237,925	$	1,237,957
Financial Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities	$	3,936	$	3,936	$	867	$	867
Warehouse notes payable	476,221		476,221		1,084,539		1,084,539
Notes payable	78,850		78,850		80,925		80,925
Total financial liabilities	$	559,007	$	559,007	$	1,166,331	$	1,166,331

Schedule of fair value of derivative instruments and loans held for sale

	Fair Value Adjustment Components										Balance Sheet Location
																Fair Value
	Notional or		Assumed		Interest Rate			Total								Adjustment
	Principal		Gain (Loss)		Movement			Fair Value			Derivative		Derivative			To Loans
(in thousands)	Amount		on Sale		Effect			Adjustment			Assets		Liabilities			Held for Sale
March 31, 2013
Rate lock commitments	$	168,130	$	6,298	$	1,635		$	7,933		$	7,933	$	—		$	—
Forward sale contracts	637,243		—		(3,459		)	(3,459		)	373		(3,936		)	—
Loans held for sale	469,113		8,842		1,824			10,666			—		—			10,666
Total			$	15,140	$	—		$	15,140		$	8,306	$	(3,936	)	$	10,666
December 31, 2012
Rate lock commitments	$	302,373	$	11,953	$	(1,194	)	$	10,759		$	10,759	$	—		$	—
Forward sale contracts	1,380,235		—		9,756			9,756			10,499		(867		)
Loans held for sale	1,077,862		32,261		(8,562		)	23,699			—		—			23,699
Total			$	44,214	$	—		$	44,214		$	21,258	$	(867	)	$	23,699

XML

SERVICING (Details) (USD $) In Billions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
SERVICING
Unpaid principal balance	$ 36.8	$ 16.9

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation—The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its consolidated entities. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company has evaluated all subsequent events.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates—The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including guaranty obligations, capitalized mortgage servicing rights, derivative instruments and hedging relationships, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may vary from these estimates.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive Income—For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, comprehensive income equaled net income; therefore, a separate statement of comprehensive income is not included in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

Net Warehouse Interest Income

Net Warehouse Interest Income—The Company presents warehouse interest income net of warehouse interest expense. Warehouse interest income is the interest earned from loans that are held for sale and those held for investment. Substantially all loans that are held for sale or for investment are financed with matched borrowings under our warehouse facilities incurred to fund a specific loan held for sale. Warehouse interest expense is incurred on borrowings used to fund loans solely while they are held for sale or for investment. Warehouse interest income and expense are earned or incurred on loans held for sale after a loan is closed and before a loan is sold. Warehouse interest income and expense are earned or incurred on loans held for investment after a loan is closed and before a loan is repaid. Included in net warehouse interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are the following components (in thousands):

	For the three months ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Warehouse interest income	$	5,447	$	2,575
Warehouse interest expense	3,824		1,638
Net warehouse interest income	$	1,623	$	937

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements—In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.  The ASU requires enhanced disclosures that will enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with an entity’s recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of the ASU. The FASB issued a subsequent ASU limiting the scope of ASU No. 2011-11 to derivatives, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements.  The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 (and interim periods within those annual periods), with retrospective application required.  The adoption of ASU No. 2011-11 on January 1, 2013 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment. ASU No. 2012-02 allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is not more likely than not, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment.  The ASU is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of ASU No. 2012-02 on January 1, 2013 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2013, The FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. Among other things, an entity is required to present either parenthetically on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification. An entity does not need to show the income statement line item affected for certain components that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, such as amounts amortized into net periodic pension cost. The ASU is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-02 on January 1, 2013 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

There have been no material changes to the accounting policies discussed in Note 2 of the Company’s 2012 Form 10-K.

The Company has made certain immaterial reclassifications to prior-year balances to conform to current-year presentation.